WO2025185588A1 - Measurement information reporting method and apparatus, grouping indication method and apparatus, and device - Google Patents
Measurement information reporting method and apparatus, grouping indication method and apparatus, and deviceInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025185588A1 WO2025185588A1 PCT/CN2025/080356 CN2025080356W WO2025185588A1 WO 2025185588 A1 WO2025185588 A1 WO 2025185588A1 CN 2025080356 W CN2025080356 W CN 2025080356W WO 2025185588 A1 WO2025185588 A1 WO 2025185588A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- information
- group
- grouping
- indication information
- measurement
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/08—Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
Definitions
- the present application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a measurement information reporting method, a grouping indication method, an apparatus, and a device.
- devices often use default measurement and reporting methods, and each content is measured separately during measurement, and each content is reported independently during reporting. This default measurement and reporting method leads to poor flexibility in device measurement and reporting, resulting in relatively poor measurement performance.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a measurement information reporting method, a grouping indication method, an apparatus, and a device, which can solve the problem of poor measurement performance.
- a measurement information reporting method including:
- the first device acquires first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode;
- the first device sends second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- a group indication method including:
- the second device sends first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
- a measurement information reporting device including:
- An acquisition module is configured to acquire first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode;
- a first sending module is configured to send second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- a group indication device comprising:
- the sending module is used to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
- a communication device which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
- a communication device including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to obtain first information, the first information including group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: measurement results and performance indicators.
- a communication device which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
- a communication device comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send first information to a first device, the first information comprising group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method.
- a wireless communication system including: a first device and a second device, wherein the first device can be used to execute the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the second device can be used to execute the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- a chip comprising a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface being coupled to the processor, and the processor being used to run a program or instruction to implement a measurement information reporting method as provided in an embodiment of the present application, or to implement a group indication method as provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- a computer program/program product is provided, wherein the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, or the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG1 is a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application.
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a perception measurement scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of perception measurement provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG4 is a flowchart of a measurement information reporting method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a measurement scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6 is a schematic diagram of another measurement scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a diameter provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 is a flow chart of a group indication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a measurement and reporting process provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG11 is a schematic diagram of another measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of another measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG13 is a structural diagram of a measurement information reporting device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG14 is a structural diagram of a group indication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG15 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG16 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG17 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- first, second, etc. in this application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way are interchangeable where appropriate, so that the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and the objects distinguished by “first” and “second” are generally of the same type, and do not limit the number of objects, for example, the first object can be one or more.
- “or” in this application represents at least one of the connected objects. For example, “A or B” covers three options, namely, Option 1: including A but not including B; Option 2: including B but not including A; Option 3: including both A and B.
- the character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or” relationship.
- indication in this application can be either a direct indication (or explicit indication) or an indirect indication (or implicit indication).
- a direct indication can be understood as the sender explicitly informing the receiver of specific information, the operation to be performed, or the requested result, etc. in the instruction sent;
- an indirect indication can be understood as the receiver determining the corresponding information based on the instruction sent by the sender, or making a judgment and determining the operation to be performed or the requested result, etc. based on the judgment result.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A Long Term Evolution
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
- FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
- OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
- SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
- NR New Radio
- 6G 6th Generation
- FIG1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application.
- the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network-side device 12 .
- the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a mobile Internet device (MID), an augmented reality (AR), a virtual reality (VR) device, a robot, a wearable device (Wearable Device), a flight vehicle, a vehicle user equipment (VUE), a ship-borne equipment, a pedestrian user equipment (PUE), a smart home (home appliances with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, televisions, washing machines or furniture, etc.), a game console, a personal computer (PC), an ATM or a self-service machine and other terminal-side devices.
- PC personal computer
- ATM an ATM or a self-service machine and other terminal
- Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc.
- the vehicle-mounted device can also be called a vehicle-mounted terminal, vehicle-mounted controller, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit, etc. It should be noted that the specific type of the terminal 11 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network side equipment 12 may include access network equipment or core network equipment, wherein the access network equipment may also be referred to as radio access network (RAN) equipment, radio access network function or radio access network unit.
- the access network equipment may include a base station, a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) or a wireless fidelity (WiFi) node, etc.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- WiFi wireless fidelity
- the base station may be referred to as a node B (NB), an evolved node B (eNB), the next generation node B (gNB), a new radio node B (NR Node B), an access point, a relay station (RBS), a serving base station (SBS), a base transceiver station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a base The Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home Node B (HNB), home evolved Node B, transmission reception point (TRP) or other appropriate terms in the relevant field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is introduced as an example, and the specific type of the base station is not limited.
- the core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, Mobility Management Entity (MME), Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), Session Management Function (SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), and so on.
- MME Mobility Management Entity
- AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
- SMF Session Management Function
- UPF User Plane Function
- PCF Policy Control Function
- PCF Policy and Charging Rules Function
- EASDF Edge Application Server Discovery Function
- UDM Unified Data Management
- UDM Unified Data Repository
- the NR system comprises the following components: a central repository function (UDR), a home subscriber server (HSS), a centralized network configuration (CNC), a network repository function (NRF), a network exposure function (NEF), a local NEF (L-NEF), a binding support function (BSF), an application function (AF), a location management function (LMF), a gateway mobile location center (GMLC), and a network data analytics function (NWDAF).
- UDR central repository function
- HSS home subscriber server
- CNC centralized network configuration
- NEF network exposure function
- L-NEF local NEF
- BSF binding support function
- AF application function
- LMF location management function
- GMLC gateway mobile location center
- NWDAAF network data analytics function
- network-side devices and terminals may have perception capabilities in addition to communication capabilities.
- Perception capabilities refer to one or more devices with the ability to sense the position, distance, speed, and other information of a target object through the transmission and reception of wireless signals, or to detect, track, identify, and image a target object, event, or environment.
- the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the communication and perception integration scenario, where communication and perception integration refers to the integrated design of communication and perception functions through spectrum sharing and hardware sharing in the same system. While transmitting information, the system can perceive information such as direction, distance, speed, and detect, track, and identify target devices or events.
- the communication system and the perception system complement each other to achieve overall performance improvement and bring a better service experience.
- the integration of communication and radar is a typical communication-perception integration (communication-perception fusion) application
- the integration of communication and radar systems can bring many advantages, such as cost savings, size reduction, power consumption reduction, spectrum efficiency improvement, and mutual interference reduction, thereby improving the overall performance of the system.
- each perception link in Figure 2 is illustrated by taking a sending node and a receiving node as an example. In the actual system, different perception links can be selected according to different perception needs. Each perception link may have one or more sending nodes and one receiving node, and the actual perception system may include a variety of different perception links.
- the perception targets in Figure 2 take people and cars as examples, and assuming that people and cars do not carry or install signal receiving/transmitting equipment, the perception targets of the actual scene will be richer.
- Sensing link 1 The base station transmits and receives sensing signals autonomously. In this mode, the base station sends sensing signals and obtains sensing results by receiving the echo of the sensing signals.
- Sensing link 2 inter-base station air interface sensing. In this mode, base station 2 receives the sensing signal sent by base station 1 and obtains the sensing result.
- Perception link 3 Uplink air interface perception: In this mode, the base station receives the perception signal sent by the terminal and obtains the perception result.
- Perception link 4 Downlink air interface perception: In this mode, the terminal receives the perception signal sent by the base station and obtains the perception result.
- Perception link 5 Terminal self-transmitting and self-receiving perception. In this mode, the terminal sends a perception signal and obtains the perception result by receiving the echo of the perception signal.
- Perception link 6 Sidelink perception between terminals. For example, terminal 2 receives a perception signal sent by terminal 1 and obtains a perception result, or terminal 1 receives a perception signal sent by terminal 2 and obtains a perception result.
- the signaling transmission between the wireless access network device and the terminal, or between different terminals may be through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Medium Access Control Control Element (MAC CE) or Layer 1 signaling or other newly defined perception signaling;
- the signaling transmission between the perception network function and the terminal may be through Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) signaling (forwarded via AMF) or through RRC signaling or MAC CE or Layer 1 signaling or other newly defined perception signaling;
- the interaction between the perception network function and the base station may be forwarded to the wireless access network through the N2 interface by AMF; or the core network perception network function may send it to the UPF, and the UPF may send it to the wireless access network through the N3 interface; or it may be sent to the wireless access network (such as a base station) through a newly defined interface;
- the signaling transmission between wireless access network devices may be through the Xn interface.
- a sensing network function may also be called a sensing network element or a sensing management function (Sensing MF), which may be located on the RAN side or the core network side. It refers to a network node in the core network or RAN that is responsible for at least one function, such as sensing request processing, sensing resource scheduling, sensing information interaction, and sensing data processing. It may be based on an upgraded AMF or LMF in a mobile communication network, or it may be another network node or a newly defined network node. Specifically, the functional characteristics of the sensing network function/sensing network element may include at least one of the following:
- the perception method to be used is determined based on factors such as the type of perception service, perception service consumer information, required perception service quality (QoS) requirement information, the perception capability of the wireless signal sending device, and the perception capability of the wireless signal measuring device.
- the perception method may include: wireless access network device A sends and wireless access network device B receives, or the wireless access network device sends and the terminal receives, or the wireless access network device A sends and receives by itself, or the terminal sends and the wireless access network device receives, or the terminal sends and receives by itself, or terminal A sends and terminal B receives, etc.
- the perception device serving the perception service is determined based on factors such as the type of perception service, information about the perception service consumer, required perception QoS requirement information, the perception capability of the wireless signal sending device, and the perception capability of the wireless signal measuring device.
- the perception device includes a wireless signal sending device or a wireless signal measuring device.
- Data processing or calculation is performed on the values of the perceived measurement quantity to obtain the perceived result.
- the perceived result can also be verified and the perception accuracy can be estimated.
- radars can be categorized as monostatic and bistatic/multistatic, depending on whether the transmitter and receiver are separated.
- Bistatic radars generally require a significant distance between the transmitting and receiving antennas, comparable to the radar's operating range.
- Exo-radiation radars are a special case of bistatic radars. They utilize relevant electromagnetic wave detection theory and signal processing techniques to acquire non-cooperative electromagnetic signals transmitted by a third party (e.g., a communication base station) to detect, locate, track, and identify targets.
- a third party e.g., a communication base station
- These radars are also known as passive radars, bistatic/multistatic passive radars, passive radars, non-cooperative illuminating source radars, or non-cooperative passive detection systems.
- RT is the distance from the signal transmitter (Tx) to the target
- RR is the distance from the signal receiver (Tx) to the target
- L is the baseline distance
- ⁇ T is the angle of the target relative to the signal transmitter
- ⁇ R ⁇ R1 , ⁇ R2
- ⁇ is the bistatic angle.
- measurement ambiguity may occur when the signal resource configuration does not meet the requirements.
- the relationship between the maximum unambiguous distance, Doppler, or speed and the signal resource configuration is:
- the time domain resource interval satisfies ⁇ T ⁇ 1/(2
- the frequency domain resource spacing satisfies ⁇ f ⁇ 1/ ⁇ max or ⁇ f ⁇ c/(2R max ), where ⁇ max is the maximum unambiguous delay and R max is the maximum unambiguous distance.
- FIG4 is a flowchart of a measurement information reporting method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG4 , the method includes the following steps:
- Step 401 A first device obtains first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
- the first device mentioned above may be a terminal or a network side device.
- the first device obtaining the first information may be the first device receiving the first information sent by the second device, and the second device may be a terminal, a network side device or a core network device.
- the above-mentioned group measurement may be performed in groups according to signal resources, transmitting and receiving antenna ports or beams.
- the above-mentioned group reporting can be grouped according to signal resources, transceiver antenna ports or beams.
- the above-mentioned grouping method can be a measurement grouping method or a reporting grouping method, such as group measurement according to signal resources, group measurement according to transceiver antenna ports, or group measurement according to beams, group reporting according to signal resources, group reporting according to transceiver antenna ports, or group reporting according to beams.
- the grouping method may include at least one of the following:
- the above-mentioned perception signal resources may be time domain resources or frequency domain resources, such as dividing a plurality of time domain resources into at least two groups, or dividing a plurality of frequency domain resources into at least two groups.
- the grouping method may be a combination of at least two of the above, such as grouping by transmit-receive beam pairs or grouping by transmit-receive port pairs.
- the transmit-receive port pairs may be understood as independent sub-channels that can be resolved by the receiving end during channel estimation.
- the beam can also be called a spatial filter.
- group reporting may be required by default; if group reporting is indicated, group measurement may be required by default; if a group mode is indicated, group measurement or group reporting may be required by default.
- Step 402 The first device sends second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information may include at least one of the following:
- the measurement results or perceived indication performance corresponding to the grouping method In the case of an indication grouping method, the measurement results or perceived indication performance corresponding to the grouping method;
- the ungrouped measurement results or perceptions indicate performance.
- the first device sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information may be sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information to the second device or the third device, and the third device may be a terminal or a network side device.
- the measurement in the embodiments of the present application may be a perception measurement, or a communication measurement, or a communication-perception integrated measurement, that is, the above-mentioned measurement results may be communication measurement results, or perception measurement results, or a synaesthesia integrated measurement result, and the above-mentioned performance indicators may be communication performance indicators, or perception performance indicators, or synaesthesia integrated performance indicators.
- the perception measurement can be applied to dual-base perception, for example: the first device receives the perception signal sent by the second device and performs measurement to obtain the measurement result, and the first device reports the measurement result group to the second device or the third device. And the above-mentioned first information can be received by the first device from the second device or the third device.
- the first device and the second device can be terminals or base stations (or TRPs).
- the first device can be a base station and the second device can be a terminal; or the first device can be a terminal and the second device can be a base station; or the first device can be a terminal and the second device can be a base station; or the first device and the second device can be both base stations; or the first device and the second device can be both terminals.
- the third device can be a core network perception network function or a perception network element, or it can be another base station or a terminal.
- Perception measurement can be applied to single-base perception.
- a first device sends a perception signal, receives an echo signal, measures it, and obtains a measurement result.
- the first device then reports the measurement result in packets to a second device.
- the first information can be received by the first device from the second device.
- the first device can be a terminal or a base station (or TRP)
- the second device can be a core network perception network function or perception network element, or a base station or terminal.
- the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping mode, and the measurement result or performance indicator corresponding to the group indication information is transmitted. This enables the first device to support flexible measurement or reporting, thereby improving measurement performance. In addition, in the case of group measurement or group reporting, the measurement result or performance indicator can be made more accurate, further improving measurement performance.
- FIGS 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams of the perception target or area and the corresponding transceiver beams in dual-base perception and single-base perception scenarios, respectively.
- the perception measurement results corresponding to different beams may be different, and different beams may be associated with different signal resources or ports.
- the perception measurement results can be grouped and reported according to the sending signal configuration, receiving port configuration, or transceiver beamforming in different perception scenarios.
- the perception signal received and measured by the first device is a signal used for perception measurement, which may include at least one of the following:
- Dedicated sensing signals such as those generated based on chirp or frequency modulated continuous wave (FMCW) signals, or those generated based on pseudo-random (PN) sequences, ZC sequences, or other constant envelope zero auto-correlation (CAZAC) sequences;
- FMCW frequency modulated continuous wave
- PN pseudo-random
- ZC ZC sequences
- CAZAC constant envelope zero auto-correlation
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
- SRS Sounding Reference Signal
- PRS Positioning Reference Signal
- Synchronization signals such as the Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) or the Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS);
- Signals that carry communication data such as the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) signals.
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
- PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
- the above signal can be a single-port signal or a multi-port signal.
- the above signal may be referred to as a first signal.
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate whether group measurement or group reporting is required according to signal resources, or to indicate whether the grouping method is grouping according to signal resources.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources.
- each signal resource group includes at least one signal resource, and independent measurements are performed on different signal resource groups to obtain measurement results.
- each signal resource group includes only one signal resource, i.e., each signal resource is independently measured to obtain a measurement result; or, each signal resource group includes all signal resources, i.e., each signal resource is jointly measured to obtain a measurement result.
- the signal resource grouping indication information includes first Quasi Co-location (QCL) information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are grouped as a signal resource group.
- the first QCL information may be QCL information in the signal resource configuration information, where the QCL information indicates signal grouping information.
- signal resources satisfying the QCL Type D relationship are grouped, i.e., signal resources using the same transmit or receive beam are grouped.
- QCL Type D is merely an example; for example, signal resources with the QCL Type D relationship may also be grouped into different groups.
- the first QCL information can implicitly indicate signal resource grouping, thereby saving information overhead.
- the signal resource grouping indication information can be used to implement group measurement or reporting based on signal resources, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or group reporting needs to be performed according to the transmitting antenna port, or may be used to indicate that the grouping mode is grouping according to the transmitting antenna port.
- the transmit antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmit antenna port group, each transmit antenna port group including one or more transmit antenna ports.
- each resource group includes at least one transmit antenna port (also referred to as a signal port), and independent measurements are performed on different transmit antenna port groups to obtain measurement results.
- each antenna port group includes only one antenna port, i.e., each transmit antenna port of the signal is independently measured to obtain a measurement result; or, each transmit antenna port group includes only all signal ports, i.e., each transmit antenna port of the signal is jointly measured to obtain a measurement result.
- the above-mentioned transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the above-mentioned second QCL information may be the QCL information of the transmitting antenna port.
- the QCL information of each transmitting antenna port of the signal indicates the grouping information of the signal, that is, when the signal is a multi-port signal, the QCL information of each transmitting antenna port is indicated in the signal configuration information.
- the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL-TypeD relationship are a group, that is, the transmitting antenna ports using the same transmitting or receiving beam are a group.
- the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL-TypeD relationship can also be divided into different groups.
- the above-mentioned receiving antenna port grouping indication information can indicate whether group measurement or group reporting is required according to the receiving antenna port, or is used to indicate that the grouping method is grouping according to the receiving antenna port.
- the first device supports receiving signals through multiple antenna ports, and indicates grouping according to the receiving antenna port through the receiving antenna port grouping indication information.
- each receiving antenna port group includes only one receiving antenna port, that is, the receiving end independently measures the received signal of each receiving antenna port to obtain the measurement result; or each receiving antenna port group includes only all receiving antenna ports, that is, the receiving end performs a joint measurement on the received signal of each receiving antenna port to obtain the measurement result.
- the receiving antenna port can also be understood as a receiving channel, a receiving branch (receiver branch), etc., and the signals received through different receiving antenna ports are distinguishable for the baseband processing of the first device.
- the above-mentioned receiving antenna port grouping indication information can be used to implement measurement or reporting based on the receiving antenna port grouping, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
- the transmit beam grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is required by transmit beam, or may be used to indicate that the grouping method is to group by transmit beam.
- the transmit beam grouping indication information may indicate at least one transmit beam group, each transmit beam group including at least one transmit beam, and independent measurements are performed on different transmit beam groups to obtain measurement results.
- the receive beam grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is required by receive beam, or may indicate whether grouping is by receive beam.
- the receive beam grouping indication information may indicate at least one receive beam group, each receive beam group including at least one receive beam, and independent measurements are performed on different receive beam groups to obtain measurement results.
- the above-mentioned receiving beam grouping indication information can be used to implement receiving beam grouping measurement or reporting, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
- the above-mentioned combined grouping indication information may indicate whether combined grouping measurement or grouping reporting is required according to multiple dimensions, or may be used to indicate that the grouping mode is combined grouping.
- the above-mentioned combined group indication information can realize the combination of at least two items as a group by indicating the identifiers, indexes and other indication information of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, receiving antenna port, transmitting beam, receiving beam and signal resources.
- the combined group indication information indicates the identifier of a transmitting antenna port and the identifier of a receiving antenna port to realize the group indication of the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port.
- the combined group indication information indicates the index of a transmitting beam and the index of a receiving beam to realize the group indication of the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port.
- the combined grouping indication information may include at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port may indicate whether to perform group measurement or reporting according to the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port, wherein the specific grouping manner of grouping the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port may be directly indicated in the combined grouping indication information, or may be determined by the first device based on a protocol or pre-configuration. For example, when indicating that group measurement or reporting is performed according to the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port, the first device performs group measurement or reporting based on the protocol agreement or pre-configured combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port.
- each antenna port pair includes at least one transmitting-receiving antenna port pair, and different transmitting-receiving port pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results.
- the first signal configured by the network side device supports two ports for transmission, which are recorded as ⁇ TxPort#0, TxPort#1 ⁇ , and the first device supports four antenna ports for reception, which are recorded as ⁇ RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3 ⁇ .
- the transmit-receive port pair may include:
- each transmit-receive port pair may include a transmit antenna port and a receive antenna port, such as Group 0 includes four transmit-receive port pairs, namely TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1, TxPort#0-RxPort#2, and TxPort#0-RxPort#3; Group 1 includes four transmit-receive port pairs, namely TxPort#1-RxPort#0, TxPort#1-RxPort#1, TxPort#1-RxPort#2, and TxPort#1-RxPort#3.
- each transmit-receive port pair may include one transmit antenna port and multiple receive antenna ports.
- Group 0 and Group 1 above represent two transmit-receive port pairs, respectively. This allows joint measurement of one transmit antenna port through multiple receive antenna ports.
- the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned transmit beam and receive beam combination may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is performed according to the transmit beam and receive beam combination, or indicate that the grouping method is grouping of the transmit beam and receive beam combination.
- the transmit beam and receive beam combination may also be referred to as a transmit beam and receive beam pair.
- the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned transmit beam and receive beam combination may indicate at least one transmit-receive beam pair, and different transmit-receive beam pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results.
- Different transmit ports or signal resources may be associated with different transmit beams, or may be associated with the same transmit beam; different receive antenna ports may be associated with different receive beams, or may be associated with the same receive beam.
- a receive antenna port or receive beam can be associated with a signal resource, signal port, or transmit beam. That is, the corresponding receive antenna port or receive beam can be determined by indicating the signal resource, signal port, or transmit beam. For example, in FIG5(b), through beam training or other historical measurement information, the receiving device determines that the receive beam corresponding to transmit beam TxBeam#1 is RxBeam#1, and the receive beams corresponding to transmit beams TxBeam#2 and TxBeam#3 are RxBeam#2.
- the receiving device can be considered to have obtained the following beam pair groupings: Group 0: ⁇ TxBeam#1-RxBeam#1 ⁇ and Group 1: ⁇ TxBeam#2-RxBeam#2, TxBeam#3-RxBeam#2 ⁇ .
- the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned signal resource and receiving antenna port combination may indicate whether to perform group measurement or reporting according to the signal resource and receiving antenna port combination, or indicate that the grouping method is the grouping of the signal resource and receiving antenna port combination.
- the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned signal resource and receiving antenna port combination may indicate at least one signal resource-receiving antenna port pair, and different signal resource-receiving port pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results.
- the network side device configures 2 signal resources for perception measurement, recorded as ⁇ Resource#0, Resource#1 ⁇
- the first device supports 4 antenna port reception, recorded as ⁇ RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3 ⁇ .
- the transmit-receive antenna port pairs may include: ⁇ Resource#0-RxPort#0, Resource#0-RxPort#1, Resource#0-RxPort#2, Resource#0-RxPort#3 ⁇ , ⁇ Resource#1-RxPort#0, Resource#1-RxPort#1, Resource#1-RxPort#2, Resource#1-RxPort#3 ⁇ . This indicates that for each signal resource, the first device supports joint processing and reporting of received signals from four receive antenna ports.
- the grouping indication information for the signal resource and receive beam combination may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is performed based on the signal resource and receive beam combination, or may indicate whether the grouping method is grouping based on the signal resource and receive beam combination.
- the grouping indication information for the signal resource and receive beam combination may indicate at least one signal resource-receive beam pair, and measurement results are obtained by performing independent measurements on different signal resource-receive beam pairs.
- the above-mentioned combined grouping indication information can be used to implement grouped measurement or reporting in a combined manner, thereby making the measurement or reporting more accurate.
- the method before the first device sends the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, the method further includes:
- the first device When the group indication information indicates that group measurement, group reporting or group mode is required, the first device performs group measurement according to the group indication information to obtain second information, and the second information includes at least one of the following: a measurement result of the group measurement and a performance indicator of the group measurement.
- the second information is the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information.
- the performing group measurement according to the group indication information may include at least one of the following:
- Group measurements are performed according to the combination groups.
- measurement results or performance indicators can be obtained for different signal resources, different signal ports, different signal resource groups, different antenna transmission port groups, receiving antenna port groups, transmission beam groups, receiving beam groups or combined groups.
- the measurement result of the group or the performance index of the group can be obtained directly by measuring the group, so as to improve the measurement performance.
- the first device sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information includes:
- the first device When the group indication information indicates that group reporting or grouping mode is required, the first device performs non-group measurement and groups the measurement results or performance indicators to obtain second information corresponding to the group indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: the measurement result of the group measurement and the performance indicator of the group measurement.
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information corresponding to the measurement result or performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the above grouping information can make the measurement results or performance indicators reported more accurately.
- the explanatory information corresponding to the above-mentioned measurement results or performance indicators may include explanatory information for further explaining the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining the acquisition or measurement time of the measurement results or performance indicators, the corresponding business, the device performing the measurement, etc.; or may include explanatory information for assisting the device receiving the second information to better understand or use the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining the function or purpose of the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining that the measurement results or performance indicators are used for fall detection, intrusion detection, population counting, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, respiration monitoring, heart rate monitoring, or pulse monitoring. In this way, the above-mentioned explanatory information can make the feedback of measurement results or performance indicators more effective.
- the description information corresponding to the above-mentioned perception measurement result or perception performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
- Device information may include at least one of a device identifier, a device location, a device orientation, and a movement speed;
- Perceive business information such as business identification.
- the timestamp may be the timestamp corresponding to the measurement moment of the perception measurement result
- the device information may be the device information of the device that performs the perception measurement to obtain the perception measurement result or the perception performance indicator
- the perception service information may be the service information of the perception service corresponding to the perception measurement.
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the above-mentioned signal resource configuration information may refer to one or more signal resource configuration information, such as configuring multiple signal resources for perception measurement.
- the signal configuration information may also include at least one of the following:
- Signal resource identification signal usage, waveform, subcarrier spacing, guard interval, frequency domain starting position, frequency domain resource length, frequency domain resource interval, time domain starting position, time domain resource length, time domain resource interval, time domain burst information, time domain resource characteristics, signal power, sequence information, signal direction, Quasi Co-Location (QCL) relationship, and cyclic prefix information.
- QCL Quasi Co-Location
- the above signal resource identifier is used to distinguish different signal resource configurations
- the signal usage indicates whether the target signal is used for communication (e.g., channel measurement, channel estimation, synchronization, carrying data information, etc.), a signal used for sensing, or a signal used for both communication and sensing. Specifically, it may also indicate which sensing service the signal is used for, or which type of sensing service the signal is used for.
- the sensing service may include at least one of the following:
- Detect target presence positioning, speed detection, distance detection, angle detection, acceleration detection, material analysis, component analysis, shape detection, classification, radar cross-section RCS (Radar Cross Section, RCS) detection, polarization scattering characteristic detection, fall detection, intrusion detection, population statistics, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, respiration monitoring, heart rate monitoring, pulse monitoring, humidity/brightness/temperature/atmospheric pressure monitoring, air quality monitoring, weather condition monitoring, environmental reconstruction, topography, building/vegetation distribution detection , pedestrian or vehicle flow detection, crowd density, vehicle density detection, etc.
- RCS Radar Cross Section
- the perception service type can be to classify multiple different perception services according to certain characteristics, such as detection-type perception services (such as intrusion detection, fall detection), parameter estimation-type perception services (distance, angle, speed calculation), recognition-type perception services (motion recognition, identity recognition), etc., according to function. It can also be divided according to the scope of perception (close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception), according to the degree of perception refinement (coarse-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.), according to power consumption/energy consumption, according to resource occupancy, etc.
- detection-type perception services such as intrusion detection, fall detection
- parameter estimation-type perception services distance, angle, speed calculation
- recognition-type perception services motion recognition, identity recognition
- function recognition, identity recognition, etc.
- It can also be divided according to the scope of perception (close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception), according to the degree of perception refinement (coarse-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.), according to power consumption/energy consumption, according to resource occupancy
- the waveform may be OFDM, Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA), Orthogonal Time-Frequency Space (OTFS), Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW), or a pulse signal;
- SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
- OTFS Orthogonal Time-Frequency Space
- FMCW Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave
- the above subcarrier spacing may be the subcarrier spacing of an OFDM system, for example, 30 kHz.
- the guard interval can be the time interval between the moment a signal ends transmitting and the moment the latest echo signal of the signal is received.
- This parameter is proportional to the maximum perception distance. For example, it can be calculated as c/(2R max ), where R max is the maximum perception distance (pertaining to perception requirement information). For example, for a self-transmitted and self-received perception signal, R max represents the maximum distance between the perception signal transmission and reception point and the signal reflection point.
- the OFDM signal cyclic prefix (CP) can serve as the minimum guard interval, and c is the speed of light.
- the above-mentioned frequency domain starting position can be the starting frequency point, or the starting resource element (RE) or resource block (RB) index.
- the frequency domain resource length may be a frequency domain bandwidth, which is inversely proportional to the distance resolution.
- the frequency domain bandwidth of each signal is B ⁇ c/(2 ⁇ R), where c is the speed of light and ⁇ R is the distance resolution.
- the frequency domain resource spacing is inversely proportional to the maximum unambiguous distance/delay. For an OFDM system, when subcarriers are mapped continuously, the frequency domain spacing is equal to the subcarrier spacing.
- the above-mentioned time domain starting position can be a starting time point, or a starting symbol, time slot, or frame index.
- the time domain resource length may be a burst duration, and the time domain resource length is inversely proportional to the Doppler resolution.
- the time domain resource interval may be a time interval between two adjacent signal resource units, and the time domain resource interval is associated with a maximum unambiguous Doppler frequency shift or a maximum unambiguous speed.
- the time domain burst information may include a time domain burst resource interval or a time domain burst transmission period, and the time domain burst resource interval or the time domain burst transmission period is associated with a perception result refresh frequency.
- the above-mentioned time domain resource characteristics may be periodic transmission, semi-persistent transmission or aperiodic transmission.
- the above signal power may be an interval power value, for example, a value is taken every 2dBm from -20dBm to 23dBm.
- sequence information may include sequence type information (such as ZC sequence, PN sequence, etc.), sequence generation method or sequence length, etc.
- the above-mentioned signal direction may be angle information or beam information of signal transmission.
- the above-mentioned cyclic prefix (CP) information may include CP type or CP length, wherein the CP type may include normal cyclic prefix (NCP), extended cyclic prefix (ECP) or a newly designed CP dedicated to perception measurement, etc.
- CP cyclic prefix
- NCP normal cyclic prefix
- ECP extended cyclic prefix
- CP dedicated to perception measurement etc.
- the above signal configuration information can enable the first device to perform more accurate measurements.
- the measurement configuration information is used to configure measurement-related configurations.
- the measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
- the resource indication information of the above-mentioned measurement is used to indicate the resources used for the measurement, which may be air interface resources, equipment resources, etc.
- the resource indication information of the above-mentioned measurement may include at least one of the signal resource identifier, signal port index, signal resource group identifier, port group identifier, beam identifier, and beam group identifier to indicate the use of at least one of the signal resource identifier, signal port index, signal resource group identifier, port group identifier, beam identifier, and beam group identifier for measurement.
- the above-mentioned sending resources may include signal sending resources, signal sending antenna ports, and signal sending beams
- the above-mentioned receiving resources may include receiving antenna ports or receiving beams.
- the receiving resource information associated with the above-mentioned sending resources can be the identifier of the receiving resource associated with the sending resources, for example: the receiving antenna port index or receiving antenna port group identifier corresponding to different signal resource groups, or the receiving beam or beam group identifier corresponding to different sending beams or sending beam groups.
- the receiving resource information associated with the sending resource may enable the first device to more reliably receive the signal for measurement, thereby improving measurement performance.
- the measurement quantity information may indicate a communication measurement quantity or a perception measurement quantity.
- the perception measurement quantity may be associated with the same measurement quantity for multiple signal resources, multiple transmit antenna ports, or multiple beams, multiple signal resource groups, multiple signal port groups, or multiple beam groups, or may be associated with corresponding measurement quantities for different signal resources, different signal ports, different beams, different signal resource groups, different transmit antenna port groups, or different beam groups.
- the first-level measurement quantity (also known as the received signal/original channel information) includes at least one of the following:
- Received signal/channel response complex results, amplitude/phase, I-channel/Q-channel and related operation results operations including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, matrix addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, matrix transposition, trigonometric operations, square root operations, and power operations, as well as threshold detection results and maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results; operations also including Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)/Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT), Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)/Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT), 2D-FFT, 3D-FFT, matched filtering, autocorrelation operation, wavelet transform, and digital filtering, as well as threshold detection results and maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results);
- FFT Fast Fourier Transform
- IFFT IFFT
- DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
- IDFT Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform
- 2D-FFT 3D-FFT
- matched filtering autocorre
- the second-level measurement quantity (also called basic measurement quantity) includes at least one of the following: time delay, Doppler, angle, intensity, and their multi-dimensional combination representation;
- the third level of measurement includes at least one of the following: distance, speed, direction, spatial position, acceleration;
- the fourth level of measurement includes at least one of the following: target presence, trajectory, movement, expression, vital signs, quantity, imaging results, weather, air quality, shape, material, and composition.
- the above measurement information can enable the first device to perform more accurate measurements.
- the above-mentioned reporting configuration information may indicate a criterion for reporting the measurement result of the first device, for example, including at least one of the reported time-frequency domain resource configuration, the reporting period, and the reported triggering event.
- the triggering event includes at least one of the following:
- the device orientation changes by more than some predefined angles, where the device orientation can be the orientation of the device's antenna, screen, etc.
- the above-mentioned reporting configuration information can enable the first device to perform more reliable reporting.
- the content included in the above-mentioned first information can be sent through one or more signalings.
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the association of the first information with the at least one item can be understood as meaning that all or part of the content included in the first information is determined based on the at least one item. Determining all or part of the first information based on the perception requirement information can better match the measurements performed by the first device with the perception requirement, thereby improving measurement performance. Determining all or part of the first information based on the capability information of the first device can better match the measurements performed by the first device with the capabilities of the first device, thereby improving measurement performance.
- the above-mentioned perceived demand information includes at least one of the following:
- Perceiving services or perceiving service types wherein the perceiving services or perceiving service types refer to the corresponding descriptions of the above embodiments and are not described in detail here;
- the perception target area may refer to a location area where the perception object may exist, or a location area where imaging or environmental reconstruction is required;
- Perception object type the perception object type can be used to classify the perception object according to its possible motion characteristics.
- Each perception object type contains information such as the motion speed, motion acceleration, and typical RCS of a typical perception object.
- Perception QoS which can be a performance indicator for perceiving a target area or object, includes at least one of the following:
- Perception resolution which can be divided into: ranging resolution, angle resolution, velocity resolution, imaging resolution, etc.;
- Perception accuracy can be divided into: ranging accuracy, angle measurement accuracy, speed measurement accuracy, positioning accuracy, etc.
- Perception range which can be divided into: ranging range, speed measurement range, angle measurement range, imaging range, etc.;
- Perception delay can be the time interval from the sending of the perception signal to the acquisition of the perception result, or the time interval from the initiation of the perception demand to the acquisition of the perception result;
- Perception update rate such as the time interval between two consecutive perception executions and the acquisition of perception results
- Detection probability such as the probability of correctly detecting the perceived object when it is present
- False alarm probability i.e. the probability of incorrectly detecting a perceived target when the perceived target does not exist
- the capability information of the first device may include at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information such as the number and index of receive antenna ports
- Beam information such as the number of supported beams, direction, beam width, etc.
- Antenna information may include antenna panel or array information, such as the number of antennas and aperture size on different panels or arrays.
- the capability information of the first device may be provided by the first device to the second device.
- the method further includes:
- the first device sends the capability information to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
- the capability information of the first device may also be obtained by the second device through other devices.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the target parameter estimation result may include at least one of the following: time delay, Doppler, angle, distance, speed, and position coordinates.
- the spectrum information may include at least one of the following: at least one of a delay spectrum, a range spectrum, a Doppler spectrum, a velocity spectrum, and an angle (including an azimuth angle and/or a pitch angle) spectrum; or the spectrum information may include at least one of the following:
- Joint spectrum information of at least two of delay/distance, Doppler/speed, and angle such as delay-Doppler spectrum or delay-Doppler-angle spectrum.
- the above-mentioned spectrum information may refer to a complex result, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum refers to the delay, Doppler index and corresponding complex value in the two-dimensional spectrum; the above-mentioned spectrum information may also refer to a power spectrum, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum refers to the delay, Doppler index and corresponding power value in the two-dimensional spectrum.
- the above spectrum information can be complete spectrum information calculated based on channel information, or it can be a subset of the complete spectrum information, such as a subset of spectrum information corresponding to a specific delay or Doppler range in the delay-Doppler spectrum.
- the above spectrum information may also be the result of incoherent combination of spectrum information corresponding to different signal resources or ports or beams.
- multiple measurement results may be provided to improve measurement performance.
- the above measurement results may also include measurement results of perceptual measurement quantities.
- the aforementioned perceptual performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
- a perceptual metric related to received power, and also to interference or noise power is a perceptual metric related to received power, and also to interference or noise power.
- the above-mentioned perception indicators related to the received power may include: a first indicator, which is used to indicate the received power of the perception target association path.
- the first indicator may be a linear average (in W) of the received power of the path associated with the perception target in the channel response obtained by measuring the first signal on the resource unit carrying the first signal, where the resource unit is a time domain or frequency domain resource unit.
- W linear average
- the received power can be made more accurate and reliable by the linear average.
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the received power to a linear average.
- the median received power, the minimum received power, or the maximum received power may also be taken.
- the above-mentioned first signal is a signal measured by the first device, such as a dedicated signal for sensing services, or a communication signal such as a reference signal, a synchronization signal, etc.
- the aforementioned perceptual indicators related to interference or noise power include at least one of the following:
- the second indicator is the sum of a first linear average and a second linear average, where the first linear average is the linear average of the powers of paths other than the path associated with the sensing target in the channel response of the first signal on the target resource, and the second linear average is the linear average of the interference or noise power from signals other than the first signal on the first resource; or, the second indicator is equal to the difference between the total received power and the first indicator, where the total received power is the total received power of the first device on the target resource;
- the third indicator is a linear average of interference or noise power from signals other than the first signal on the second resource, or the third indicator is equal to a difference between a total received power and a received power of the first signal, where the total received power is a total received power of the first device on the target resource;
- the fourth indicator being a linear average of the powers of paths other than the path associated with the sensing target in the channel response of the first signal on the target resource; or, the fourth indicator being equal to the difference between the received power of the first signal and the first indicator;
- the first indicator is used to indicate the receiving power of the path associated with the perception target of the first signal
- the target resource is the transmission resource of the first signal
- the first resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource
- the second resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource.
- the above-mentioned other paths may be all or part of the paths in the first signal except the path associated with the above-mentioned perception target.
- the other signals other than the above-mentioned first signal may refer to all or part of the signals other than the first signal detected by the first device on the first resource.
- the first resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource, which means that the first resource includes at least one of the following:
- a target resource and at least one resource other than the target resource.
- the second resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource, which means that the second resource includes at least one of the following:
- a target resource and at least one resource other than the target resource.
- the above-mentioned at least one resource other than the target resource may refer to at least one resource other than the target resource among the resources that the first device needs to detect or receive signals, such as resources configured by high-level signaling or resources that the first device predetermines need to detect or receive signals.
- the above-mentioned interference or noise power includes the sum of interference power and noise power, interference power or noise power.
- the total received power of the first device on the target resource may include the received power of signals of the serving cell and the non-serving cell on the target resource, adjacent channel interference power, and thermal noise power.
- the total received power may also be a linear average (in W) of the total received power of the first device on the target resource.
- the above-mentioned received power of the first signal refers to the reference signal received power (RSRP) of the first signal.
- RSRP reference signal received power
- the second indicator can be used to consider interference or noise of paths other than the path associated with the perception target and signals other than the first signal when determining measurement switching, which can make measurement switching more reliable.
- the third indicator can be used to consider interference or noise of other signals besides the first signal when determining measurement switching, which can make the measurement switching more reliable.
- the fourth indicator can be used to consider the power of other paths except the path associated with the sensing target when determining the measurement switching, which can make the measurement switching more reliable.
- the above-mentioned perception indicator related to the received power and also related to the interference or noise power means that the perception indicator is related to both the received power and the interference or noise power.
- the perception indicator related to received power and also related to interference or noise power includes at least one of the following:
- the fifth index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the second index
- the sixth index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the third index
- the seventh index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the fourth index
- an eighth indicator the eighth indicator being equal to the product of a quotient obtained by dividing the first indicator by the total received power and a target coefficient;
- the total received power is the total received power of the first device on the target resource.
- the first, second, third, and fourth indicators mentioned above refer to the above-mentioned embodiments and are not described in detail here. It should be noted that, when at least one of the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth indicators is included, the perception-related indicators in the embodiments of the present application may include or exclude the first, second, third, and fourth indicators.
- the fifth indicator, the sixth indicator, the seventh indicator or the eighth indicator it is possible to take the received power and the interference or noise into consideration when determining the measurement switching, so that the measurement switching is more reliable.
- the aforementioned perception indicator related to received power and also related to interference or noise power may further include at least one of the following:
- Indicators related to perceived SINR indicators related to perceived SNR, indicators related to perceived signal-to-interference ratio (SIR), and indicators related to perceived RSRQ.
- the path associated with the sensory target satisfies at least one of the following:
- the parameter meets the first preset threshold, or the parameter is within the first preset range
- the parameters meet the preset modulation rules
- the parameter difference with the first arrival path meets the second preset threshold, or the parameter difference with the first arrival path is within a second preset range
- the parameter difference with the reference path meets a third preset threshold, or the parameter difference with the reference path is within a third preset interval.
- the above parameters may include at least one of the following:
- the above parameter difference may include at least one of the following:
- Amplitude difference power difference, intensity difference, energy difference, phase difference, Doppler difference, delay difference, and angle difference.
- the first preset threshold, the first preset interval range, the second preset threshold, the second preset interval range, the third preset threshold, and the third preset interval range may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured on the network side, or these preset thresholds or preset interval ranges are determined by the receiving device based on prior perception information or perception requirements.
- the above-mentioned parameter satisfying the first preset threshold may mean that the parameter exceeds or is equal to the first preset threshold
- the above-mentioned parameter difference with the first-reaching path satisfies the second preset threshold may mean that the parameter difference with the first-reaching path exceeds or is equal to the second preset threshold
- the above-mentioned parameter difference with the reference path satisfies the third preset threshold may mean that the parameter difference with the reference path exceeds or is equal to the third preset threshold.
- the perception service is moving target detection, it is necessary to detect the path with Doppler greater than zero as the path associated with the perception target; or for the traffic scene perception target is a car, the default vehicle speed is 40km/h to 120km/h, then the path within the corresponding speed range (Doppler range) is detected as the path associated with the perception target; or the distance between the perception target area and the perception signal transceiver needs to meet specific requirements, then the path within the corresponding time delay range is detected as the path associated with the perception target; or if the perception service is respiratory monitoring, the corresponding normal respiratory rate can be judged according to the person's gender and age (for example, 15 to 30 times/minute can be used as perception prior information, and the corresponding Doppler range can be calculated, 0.25 to 0.5Hz).
- the first arrival path can be a line-of-sight (LOS) path, specifically, the path of the first signal that first reaches the receiver.
- the reference path can be a path reflected by a known target, such as a reconfigurable intelligence surface (RIS), backscatter, or other known passive targets.
- RIS reconfigurable intelligence surface
- the preset modulation rule may be a protocol agreement or a network configuration.
- the specific modulation rule is a modulation rule of a tag or backscatter device or RIS, that is, the path associated with the sensing target may be a path modulated and reflected by the tag or backscatter device or RIS.
- the path associated with the perceived target can be determined in multiple ways, which can not only improve the flexibility of determining the path associated with the perceived target, but also improve the accuracy of determining the path associated with the perceived target based on multiple ways.
- a path set may be determined before determining the path associated with the perceived target.
- the path set includes path(s) whose amplitude, power, intensity, or energy exceeds a certain threshold. As shown in FIG7 , the path set includes paths 0, 1, 2, and 3.
- the path associated with the perceived target is then determined based on at least one of the above items in the path set to reduce computational complexity.
- the following example illustrates the calculation of indicators in the embodiment of the present application through an example. It should be noted that the calculation of each indicator in the embodiment of the present application is not limited, and the following example is only an example.
- the calculation method 1 of the first indicator is as follows:
- the first device transforms it into a first dimension and determines the path associated with the perception target in the first dimension.
- the power of the path associated with the perception target is then calculated as a first indicator. If the path associated with the perception target includes multiple paths, the sum of the powers of the multiple paths is calculated as the first indicator.
- the first dimension includes one of the following:
- the path set includes all paths whose amplitude, power, intensity, or energy exceeds a certain threshold after the channel response is transformed into the first dimension. For example, in Figure 6, paths 0, 1, 2, and 3 are the path sets.
- the certain threshold can be set to be above the noise threshold, above the noise interference threshold, or as agreed upon in the protocol. This step (determining the path set) is optional; the next step can be used to determine the path associated with the perceived target.
- a path that satisfies a first condition is selected from the path set or from all paths of the first signal as the path associated with the perception target.
- the first condition includes at least one of the following:
- the amplitude, power, intensity or energy of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range, such as the preset threshold is 5 times the noise threshold;
- the Doppler of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
- the path delay exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range
- the angle of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range
- the reference path may be a path reflected by a known target (e.g., RIS/Backscatter/other known passive targets, etc.);
- the Doppler difference between the path and the first arrival path (such as the LOS path) or the reference path exceeds a preset threshold or is within a preset range;
- the delay difference between the first arrival path (such as the LOS path) or the reference path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
- the angle difference between the first arrival path (e.g., LOS path) or the reference path exceeds a preset threshold or is within a preset range;
- the amplitude, power, intensity, energy, or phase of the path satisfies a specific modulation rule.
- the specific modulation rule is the modulation rule of the tag/backscatter device or RIS. That is, the path associated with the perceived target may be a path modulated and reflected by the tag/backscatter device or RIS.
- the above-mentioned first conditions may also be based on statistical results over a period of time; for example, the ratio of the above-mentioned indicators (such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.) exceeding a preset threshold or being within a preset range in a preset time window reaches a preset ratio, or the number of times the above-mentioned indicators (such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.) exceed a preset threshold or are within a preset range in a preset time window reaches a preset number of times;
- the ratio of the above-mentioned indicators such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.
- exceeding a preset threshold or being within a preset range in a preset time window reaches a preset ratio
- the number of times the above-mentioned indicators such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.
- the preset threshold or preset interval is sent by another device to the receiving device and is determined by the other device based on prior perception information or perception requirements.
- the preset threshold or preset interval may be a protocol agreement, or the preset threshold or preset interval is determined by the receiving device based on prior perception information or perception requirements.
- the priori perception information or perception requirements include the following information:
- the perception services may be, for example, detecting whether a target exists, positioning, speed detection, distance detection, angle detection, acceleration detection, material analysis, component analysis, shape detection, category classification, radar cross-section RCS (Radar Cross Section, RCS) detection, polarization scattering characteristic detection, fall detection, intrusion detection, number statistics, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, breathing monitoring, heart rate monitoring, pulse monitoring, humidity/brightness/temperature/atmospheric pressure monitoring, air quality monitoring, weather condition monitoring, environmental reconstruction, topography and geography.
- RCS Radar Cross Section
- the perception service type can be to classify multiple different perception services according to certain characteristics, such as classification according to function into detection-type perception services (such as intrusion detection, fall detection), parameter estimation-type perception services (distance, angle, speed calculation), recognition-type perception services (action recognition, identity recognition), etc., and can also be divided according to the range of perception (close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception), according to the degree of perception refinement (coarse-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.), according to power consumption/energy consumption, according to resource occupancy, etc.
- detection-type perception services such as intrusion detection, fall detection
- parameter estimation-type perception services distance, angle, speed calculation
- recognition-type perception services action recognition, identity recognition
- the range of perception close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception
- the degree of perception refinement coarsese-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.
- power consumption/energy consumption according to resource occupancy, etc.
- the corresponding normal respiratory rate can be determined according to the person's gender and age (for example, male: 13 to 21 times/minute, female 15 to 20 times/minute; adult: 12 to 20 times/minute, child: about 30 to 40 times/minute), which can be used as perception prior information;
- Perception target area refers to the location area of the perception object, or the location area where imaging or environmental reconstruction is required; for example, the preset interval range of the time delay of the path associated with the perception target is determined based on the approximate location/distance of the perception object;
- Perception object type Classifies the perception object according to its possible motion characteristics. Each perception object type contains information such as the typical perception object's motion speed range, motion acceleration range, and typical RCS range.
- the number of perceived targets for example, the camera perception result is used as a perception prior information to obtain the number of perceived targets.
- paths 0, 1, 2, and 3 are paths in the path set, where paths 2 and 3 are perception paths that meet the first condition (eg, their delays meet a preset threshold), and paths 0 and 1 are paths associated with other scatterers.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of multipath of the channel response in the first dimension (delay dimension, Doppler dimension, azimuth dimension, or elevation angle dimension), wherein the horizontal axis is the first dimension and the vertical axis is the normalized amplitude, power, intensity or energy.
- the reference point for the first metric can be the antenna connector of a receiving device, such as a terminal.
- the first metric measured and reported by the receiving device cannot be lower than the metric of any single receive channel.
- the first metric measured for a specific receive channel must be measured using the combined signals from the multiple antenna elements corresponding to that receive channel.
- the calculation method 2 of the first indicator can be as follows:
- the received power of the path associated with the sensing target it can also be the power of the path associated with the sensing target in the first dimension and The difference between is taken as the first indicator, where N 1 represents the number of paths associated with the perceived target. is the average power of multiple paths outside the path set in the first dimension.
- the calculation method 1 of the received power of the first signal may be as follows:
- the received power of the first signal can be obtained by the receiving device obtaining the channel response (Channel Response) H(k), transforming it into the first dimension, determining the path set in the first dimension, and then calculating the power sum of all paths in the path set.
- Channel Response Channel Response
- Method 2 for calculating the received power of the first signal may be as follows:
- the received power of the first signal can also be the sum of the powers of all the paths in the path set in the first dimension and , where N 2 represents the number of paths in the path set.
- the total received power P total is calculated as follows:
- Y(k) is the received signal corresponding to the first signal
- K is the number of resource units.
- the second indicator can be calculated as follows:
- the first filtering process is used to eliminate noise and interference in the first dimension, as well as paths associated with non-perceptual targets. For example, the first filtering process sets the amplitude, power, intensity, or energy of all paths other than the paths associated with perceptual targets in FIG7 to zero.
- the channel response H filter1 (k) after the first filtering process does not contain noise and interference or paths associated with non-perceptual targets, and only contains paths associated with perceptual targets.
- the calculation method 1 of the third indicator can be as follows:
- the second filtering process can be noise and interference suppression in the first dimension (e.g., setting the amplitude, power, intensity, or energy of all paths other than the path set in FIG7 to zero) or minimum mean squared error (MMSE) filtering.
- the channel response H filter2 (k) after the second filtering process contains no noise and interference and only the path sets in the path set.
- the calculation method 2 of the third indicator can be as follows:
- the third index P ⁇ 2 is calculated, that is Where N represents the number of sampling points in the first dimension.
- the receiving device determines that there are multiple sensing targets, or the receiving device obtains the number of sensing targets based on prior sensing information or sensing requirements, the following methods are available:
- the fourth indicator of perception target A the RSRP of the first signal - the first indicator of perception target A
- the fourth indicator of perception target A the RSRP of the first signal - the first indicator of perception target A - the first indicator of perception target B; (assuming there are two perception targets: A and B).
- Method 2 Calculate a perception-related index for multiple perception targets. For example, in Figure 7, determine the paths associated with any perception target, and then determine these paths as the paths associated with the perception target. This is equivalent to treating multiple perception targets as a virtual perception target and then calculating the perception-related index corresponding to the virtual perception target.
- a first device obtains first information, the first information including group indication information, the group indication information being used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method; and the first device sends second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: a measurement result and a performance indicator. Because the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method, and because the measurement result or performance indicator corresponding to the group indication information is sent, the first device supports flexible measurement or reporting, thereby improving measurement performance.
- FIG8 is a flowchart of a group indication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8 , the method includes the following steps:
- Step 801 The second device sends first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
- group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the method further comprises at least one of the following:
- the second device obtains the perception demand information
- the second device receives the capability information sent by the first device.
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the method further includes:
- the second device receives second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- this embodiment is an implementation of the second device corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 4. Its specific implementation can refer to the relevant description of the embodiment shown in Figure 4. In order to avoid repeated description, this embodiment will not be repeated.
- This embodiment mainly describes performing group measurement based on signal transmission resources or ports.
- the first device performs measurements and reports based on different transmit signal resources or different transmit signal ports. Different transmit signal resources or different transmit ports are transmitted using different transmit beams. That is, the first device considers their associated subchannels to be independent and performs independent measurements and reports on different transmit signal resources or transmit ports. That is, each transmit signal resource or transmit port is measured and reported as a group.
- the network side device is configured to support 4-port transmission of the first signal for perception measurement, recorded as ⁇ TxPort#0, TxPort#1, TxPort#2, TxPort#3 ⁇ , and the first device supports 4 antenna port reception, recorded as ⁇ RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3 ⁇ .
- the network side device uses different transmission beams to cover different perception areas.
- the four receiving antenna ports of the first device use the same receiving beam to receive the first signal of the four ports.
- the first device can be considered to have obtained the following transmitting-receiving antenna port pair grouping: Group0: ⁇ TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1, TxPort#0-RxPort#2, TxPort#0-RxPort#3 ⁇ ;
- Group 2 ⁇ TxPort#2-RxPort#0,TxPort#2-RxPort#1,TxPort#1-RxPort#2,TxPort#1-RxPort#3
- each receiving antenna port uses the same receive beam
- the sub-channel information obtained by least-squares (LS) channel estimation for different receiving ports on the same transmitting port is similar.
- the two-dimensional delay-Doppler spectrum information of each sub-channel obtained by two-dimensional FFT calculation is shown in Figure 10.
- Figure 10 corresponds to the delay-Doppler spectrum information of sub-channels on different receiving ports on the same transmitting port.
- threshold detection can be performed on the delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum of the above-mentioned same transmitting port and different receiving port sub-channels, such as constant false alarm rate (CFAR) detection, to obtain 4 groups of detection results, each group of detection results including the delay and Doppler information of multiple targets.
- CFAR constant false alarm rate
- the angle information of multiple targets in the joint detection results can be further calculated. That is, the angle information of the target can be obtained by using the data of the corresponding delay-Doppler spectrum position of each target on each receiving antenna port (receiving channel) and performing angle estimation through methods such as spatial spectrum estimation.
- the target position information, or the distance information between the target and the transmitting device or the receiving device, or the relative speed information of the target can be obtained based on the time delay and angle information of the target.
- Another implementation method is to perform incoherent combining of the delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectra of each receive antenna port.
- the complex data of each delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum is modulo-squared and averaged, as shown in Figure 11.
- Figure 11 shows the incoherent combining of the delay-Doppler spectra of each receive antenna port.
- Threshold detection is then performed on the result of the incoherent combination to obtain a detection result, including the number of targets and the corresponding delay and Doppler information.
- the perceptual performance indicator can be calculated based on the incoherently combined delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum.
- the joint detection result includes the target number, as well as at least one of the target's delay, Doppler, angle, position, distance, velocity, and incoherently combined delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum, representing the measurement result for Group 0.
- the measurement result for Group 1 can be obtained.
- a format for reporting measurement results could be: Group 0 identifier: ⁇ number of targets X, target 1 position coordinates, target 2 position coordinates, ... ⁇ , Group 1 identifier: ...
- the delay, Doppler, and angle information also include delay difference, Doppler difference, and angle difference information (between the target-associated reflected signal path and the LOS path).
- the distance and position coordinates of the passive sensing target are calculated.
- the calculation method can be as follows:
- the time delay difference ⁇ between the reflected signal path and the LOS path of the perceived target is obtained.
- the distance between the perceived target and the second device can be further obtained based on the following formula:
- the coordinate information (x 0 , y 0 ) of the perception target relative to the local coordinate system of the second device can be calculated.
- the distance between the perceived target and the second device is obtained based on the following formula based on the arrival angle information ⁇ R1 (horizontal arrival angle information), the arrival angle information ⁇ R2 (vertical arrival angle information) obtained by measuring the received signal, and the above-mentioned distance difference information:
- the coordinate information (x 0 , y 0 , z 0 ) of the perception target relative to the local coordinate system of the second device can be calculated.
- the distance information from the transmitting device or receiving device can be calculated directly based on the time delay information ⁇ of the reflected signal path of the sensing target. Then, the target position coordinates are obtained according to the distance information and the arrival angle information.
- the group measurement and reporting based on different first signal resources are similar and will not be described in detail.
- the terminal may also send a first signal based on the first information after receiving the first information, and the base station may receive the signal, measure the measurement result, and send it to the perception network function; or the first signal may be sent and received between base stations, or between terminals; or it may be used for a single-base perception scenario, that is, the base station may send and receive the first signal by itself, or the terminal may send and receive the first signal by itself, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
- This embodiment mainly describes group measurement based on receiving antenna ports.
- the first device performs measurements and reports based on different receive antenna ports.
- the different receive antenna ports receive signals using different receive beams. That is, the first device considers the subchannels associated with different receive antenna ports to be independent and performs independent measurements and reports on the different receive antenna ports. That is, each receive antenna port is measured and reported as a group.
- each receiving antenna port uses a different receiving beam, for the same transmitting port, the sub-channel information obtained by LS channel estimation of different receiving ports at the receiving end is different, and the detection results obtained by perception detection based on the sub-channel information of the different receiving ports are usually different.
- the base station configures the first signal for sensing measurement to support single-port transmission, denoted as TxPort#0, and the terminal supports reception on four antenna ports, denoted as ⁇ RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3 ⁇ .
- the data is then grouped as follows: Group 0: ⁇ TxPort#0-RxPort#0 ⁇ , Group 1: ⁇ TxPort#0-RxPort#1 ⁇ , Group 2: ⁇ TxPort#0-RxPort#2 ⁇ , and Group 3: ⁇ TxPort#0-RxPort#3 ⁇ .
- Figure 12 shows the delay-Doppler spectrum information for subchannels with the same transmit port but different receive ports.
- the delay-Doppler spectrum information of the subchannels at different receiving ports on the same transmitting port differs. Therefore, the detection results may contain different information such as the number of targets, delay, and Doppler.
- Threshold detection such as CFAR detection, can be performed on the two-dimensional delay-Doppler spectrum of the subchannels at different receiving ports on the same transmitting port to obtain four sets of detection results, each of which includes the delay and Doppler information of multiple targets.
- the number of targets in the detection results corresponding to receiving antenna ports 0-3, as well as at least one of the target's delay, Doppler, distance, velocity information, and delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum information, can be used as the measurement results for Groups 0-3, respectively.
- the subset of spectrum information described in the inventive solution can be, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum information within the red box in Figure 12, using TxPort#0-RxPort#3 as an example.
- the base station may be configured to support multi-port transmission of the first signal used for perception measurement, and multiple transmitting ports may use the same transmitting beam.
- the receiving end may jointly measure and process the signals of multiple transmitting ports for each receiving beam, that is, for different transmitting ports, the sub-channel information of the same receiving port may be processed and jointly detected to obtain the measurement results, and then grouped and reported according to different receiving ports.
- ports using different transmit or receive beams can also be assigned as a group for joint detection and reporting.
- the four receive antenna ports use different beams for reception.
- the four groups of detection results are obtained.
- the four groups of detection results (e.g., the number of targets, the delay and Doppler information of the targets) can be merged and reported as a group of measurement results.
- the merging can be target deduplication. For example, duplicate targets in the four groups of detection results are eliminated based on the delay-Doppler spectrum information, and then the overall number of targets and the corresponding delay and Doppler information are counted as the measurement results.
- the grouping measurement and reporting methods can refer to Example 1 or 2 and will not be repeated here.
- the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application has an impact on the perception results obtained in the multi-target perception scenario, and the content and format of the measurement method and the reporting will affect the perception performance.
- the perception signal receiving device can perform group measurement and reporting according to signal resources, transceiver antenna ports or beams, or can perform joint measurement and reporting. It provides the definition of measurement quantities, calculation of measurement results and reporting methods under different grouping methods. It can be reasonably configured according to the device capabilities and perception scenarios, improve measurement performance and save reporting overhead.
- the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by a measurement information reporting device.
- the measurement information reporting device performing the measurement information reporting method is taken as an example to illustrate the measurement information reporting device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the grouping indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be executed by a grouping indication device.
- the grouping indication device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the grouping indication method executed by the grouping indication device as an example.
- FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of a measurement information reporting device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the measurement information reporting device 1300 includes:
- An acquisition module 1301 is configured to acquire first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
- the first sending module 1302 is configured to send second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the device further comprises:
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- Timestamp, device information, and perception service information are Timestamp, device information, and perception service information.
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the device further comprises:
- the second sending module is configured to send the capability information to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the above-mentioned measurement information reporting device can improve measurement performance.
- the measurement information reporting device may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
- the electronic device may be a terminal, or may be a device other than a terminal.
- the terminal may include but is not limited to the types of terminals listed in the embodiments of the present application, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- NAS network attached storage
- the measurement information reporting device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 4 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described here.
- FIG. 14 is a structural diagram of a group indication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the group indication device 1400 includes:
- the sending module 1401 is configured to send first information to a first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the device further comprises at least one of the following:
- a first acquisition module is used to acquire the perception demand information
- the second acquisition module is configured to receive the capability information sent by the first device.
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the device further comprises:
- a receiving module configured to receive second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the above-mentioned grouping indicating device can improve measurement performance.
- the group indicating device in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip.
- the electronic device can be a terminal or a network-side device.
- the group indication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement the various processes implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 8 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500, including a processor 1501 and a memory 1502, wherein the memory 1502 stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor 1501.
- the communication device 1500 is a first device
- the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501 to implement the various steps of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect.
- the communication device 1500 is a second device
- the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501 to implement the various steps of the above-mentioned group indication method embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to obtain first information, the first information including group indication information, the group indication information being used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: measurement results and performance indicators.
- This communication device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect.
- Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a device for implementing an embodiment of the present application, which is a first device or a second device.
- the device 1600 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1601, a network module 1602, an audio output unit 1603, an input unit 1604, a sensor 1605, a display unit 1606, a user input unit 1607, an interface unit 1608, a memory 1609 and at least some of the components of the processor 1610.
- device 1600 may also include a power source (such as a battery) to power various components.
- the power source may be logically connected to processor 1610 via a power management system, thereby enabling the power management system to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption.
- the device structure shown in FIG16 does not limit the device.
- the device may include more or fewer components than shown, or may combine certain components or arrange the components differently, which will not be described in detail here.
- the input unit 1604 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 16041 and a microphone 16042, and the graphics processor 16041 processes the image data of a static picture or video obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode.
- the display unit 1606 may include a display panel 16061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, etc.
- the user input unit 1607 includes a touch panel 16071 and at least one of other input devices 16072.
- the touch panel 16071 is also called a touch screen.
- the touch panel 16071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
- Other input devices 16072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, and a joystick, which will not be described in detail here.
- the RF unit 1601 may transmit the data to the processor 1610 for processing. Furthermore, the RF unit 1601 may send uplink data to the network-side device.
- the RF unit 1601 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low-noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
- Memory 1609 can be used to store software programs or instructions and various data.
- Memory 1609 may primarily include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data.
- the first storage area may store an operating system, applications or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.).
- memory 1609 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or both.
- the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
- the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDRSDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct RAM (DRRAM).
- RAM random access memory
- SRAM static RAM
- DRAM dynamic RAM
- SDRAM synchronous DRAM
- DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
- ESDRAM enhanced SDRAM
- SLDRAM synchronous link DRAM
- DRRAM direct RAM
- the memory 1609 in the embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
- Processor 1610 may include one or more processing units.
- processor 1610 integrates an application processor and a modem processor.
- the application processor primarily handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, while the modem processor primarily processes wireless communication signals, such as a baseband processor. It is understood that the modem processor may not be integrated into processor 1610.
- the above device is taken as the first device, and the first device is taken as the terminal for illustration.
- the radio frequency unit 1601 is configured to obtain first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the radio frequency unit 1601 before sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, is further configured to:
- group measurement is performed according to the group indication information to obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a measurement result of the group measurement and a performance indicator of the group measurement.
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the description information includes at least one of the following:
- Timestamp, device information, and perception service information are Timestamp, device information, and perception service information.
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the radio frequency unit 1601 is further configured to:
- the capability information is sent to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the above devices can improve measurement performance.
- the present application also provides an embodiment of a device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to execute a program or instruction to implement the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG8 .
- This device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned group indication method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this device embodiment and can achieve the same technical effects.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send first information to a first device, the first information including group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a device, which is a first device or a second device.
- the device 1700 includes: an antenna 1701, a radio frequency device 1702, a baseband device 1703, a processor 1704, and a memory 1705.
- the antenna 1701 is connected to the radio frequency device 1702.
- the radio frequency device 1702 receives information through the antenna 1701 and sends the received information to the baseband device 1703 for processing.
- the baseband device 1703 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1702.
- the radio frequency device 1702 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1701.
- the sensing measurement information reporting method in the above embodiment may be implemented in the baseband device 1703 , which includes a baseband processor.
- the baseband device 1703 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, on which multiple chips are arranged, as shown in Figure 17, one of which is, for example, a baseband processor, which is connected to the memory 1705 through a bus interface to call the program in the memory 1705 and execute the device operations shown in the above method embodiment.
- the device may also include a network interface 1706, which is, for example, a Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI).
- CPRI Common Public Radio Interface
- the device 1700 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1705 and executable on the processor 1704.
- the processor 1704 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1705 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in FIG13 or FIG14 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be elaborated here.
- the above device is taken as an example for description as the second device.
- the radio frequency device 1702 is used to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the radio frequency device 1702 is further configured to:
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the radio frequency device 1702 is further configured to:
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the above devices can improve measurement performance.
- an embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device, which is a second device.
- the network-side device 1800 includes a processor 1801, a network interface 1802, and a memory 1803.
- the network interface 1802 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
- CPRI common public radio interface
- the network side device 1800 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1803 and executable on the processor 1801.
- the processor 1801 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1803 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in FIG15 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be elaborated here.
- the network interface 1802 is configured to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
- the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Signal resource grouping indication information transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
- the combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
- the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
- the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
- the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports
- Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam
- the first information further includes at least one of the following:
- the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
- the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
- Perception demand information and capability information of the first device are Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
- the network interface 1802 is further configured to:
- the capability information includes at least one of the following:
- Receive antenna port information the beam information, and antenna information.
- the network interface 1802 is further configured to:
- the second information further includes at least one of the following:
- the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
- the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
- the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
- the above devices can improve measurement performance.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored.
- a program or instruction is stored.
- the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment are implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, they are not repeated here.
- the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment.
- the readable storage medium includes a computer-readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
- ROM computer read-only memory
- RAM random access memory
- magnetic disk such as a hard disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic disk.
- optical disk such as a hard disk, a hard disk, or an optical disk.
- the readable storage medium may be a non-transitory readable storage medium.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface and the processor are coupled, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
- the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program/program product, which is stored in a storage medium and executed by at least one processor to implement the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a wireless communication system, including: a first device and a second device, wherein the first device can be used to execute the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the second device can be used to execute the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM, RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk, etc.) and includes a number of instructions for enabling a terminal or network-side device to execute the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
- a storage medium such as ROM, RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk, etc.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请主张在2024年3月4日在中国提交的中国专利申请No.202410244219.X的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202410244219.X filed in China on March 4, 2024, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
本申请属于通信技术领域,具体涉及一种测量信息上报方法、分组指示方法、装置及设备。The present application belongs to the field of communication technology, and specifically relates to a measurement information reporting method, a grouping indication method, an apparatus, and a device.
对于测量上报,在一些相关技术中,设备往往是采用默认的测量和上报方式,且在测量时都是各内容单独测量,上报时各内容都是独立进行上报的,这样默认的测量和上报方式,导致设备测量和上报灵活性差,使得测量性能比较差。Regarding measurement reporting, in some related technologies, devices often use default measurement and reporting methods, and each content is measured separately during measurement, and each content is reported independently during reporting. This default measurement and reporting method leads to poor flexibility in device measurement and reporting, resulting in relatively poor measurement performance.
本申请实施例提供一种测量信息上报方法、分组指示方法、装置及设备,能够解决测量性能比较差的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a measurement information reporting method, a grouping indication method, an apparatus, and a device, which can solve the problem of poor measurement performance.
第一方面,提供了一种测量信息上报方法,包括:In a first aspect, a measurement information reporting method is provided, including:
第一设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;The first device acquires first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode;
所述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:The first device sends second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
第二方面,提供了一种分组指示方法,包括:In a second aspect, a group indication method is provided, including:
第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。The second device sends first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
第三方面,提供了一种测量信息上报装置,包括:In a third aspect, a measurement information reporting device is provided, including:
获取模块,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;An acquisition module is configured to acquire first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode;
第一发送模块,用于发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:A first sending module is configured to send second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
第四方面,提供了一种分组指示装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, a group indication device is provided, comprising:
发送模块,用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。The sending module is used to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
第五方面,提供了一种通信设备,该设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
第六方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:测量结果、性能指标。In the sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to obtain first information, the first information including group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: measurement results and performance indicators.
第七方面,提供了一种通信设备,该设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器存储可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法的步骤。In the seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which includes a processor and a memory, wherein the memory stores programs or instructions that can be run on the processor, and when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
第八方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。In the eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send first information to a first device, the first information comprising group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method.
第九方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法的步骤,或者实现如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法的步骤。In a ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, on which a program or instruction is stored. When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented, or the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application are implemented.
第十方面,提供了一种无线通信系统,包括:第一设备及第二设备,所述第一设备可用于执行如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法的步骤,所述第二设备可用于执行如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法的步骤。In the tenth aspect, a wireless communication system is provided, including: a first device and a second device, wherein the first device can be used to execute the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the second device can be used to execute the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
第十一方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法,或实现如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法。In the eleventh aspect, a chip is provided, comprising a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface being coupled to the processor, and the processor being used to run a program or instruction to implement a measurement information reporting method as provided in an embodiment of the present application, or to implement a group indication method as provided in an embodiment of the present application.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法的步骤,或者,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法的步骤。In a twelfth aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, wherein the computer program/program product is stored in a storage medium, and the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, or the computer program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;所述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:测量结果、性能指标。由于分组指示信息用于指示是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式中的至少一项,且第一设备发送分组指示信息对应的测量结果或性能指标,从而使得第一设备支持灵活的测量或上报,进而提高测量性能。In an embodiment of the present application, a first device obtains first information, the first information including group indication information, the group indication information being used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method; the first device sends second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: a measurement result and a performance indicator. Because the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method, and the first device sends the measurement result or performance indicator corresponding to the group indication information, the first device supports flexible measurement or reporting, thereby improving measurement performance.
图1是本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图;FIG1 is a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种感知测量的场景示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a perception measurement scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种感知测量的场景示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of perception measurement provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种测量信息上报方法的流程图;FIG4 is a flowchart of a measurement information reporting method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种测量场景的示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a measurement scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种测量场景的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of another measurement scenario provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种径的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a diameter provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种分组指示方法的流程图;FIG8 is a flow chart of a group indication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种测量与上报的流程示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a measurement and reporting process provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种测量结果的示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种测量结果的示意图;FIG11 is a schematic diagram of another measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种测量结果的示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of another measurement result provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种测量信息上报装置的结构图;FIG13 is a structural diagram of a measurement information reporting device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种分组指示装置的结构图;FIG14 is a structural diagram of a group indication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构图;FIG15 is a structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信设备的结构图;FIG16 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信设备的结构图;FIG17 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信设备的结构图。Figure 18 is a structural diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The following will be combined with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of this application to clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of this application. Obviously, the embodiments described are part of the embodiments of this application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field are within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,本申请中的“或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一。例如“A或B”涵盖三种方案,即,方案一:包括A且不包括B;方案二:包括B且不包括A;方案三:既包括A又包括B。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second", etc. in this application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood that the terms used in this way are interchangeable where appropriate, so that the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in an order other than those illustrated or described herein, and the objects distinguished by "first" and "second" are generally of the same type, and do not limit the number of objects, for example, the first object can be one or more. In addition, "or" in this application represents at least one of the connected objects. For example, "A or B" covers three options, namely, Option 1: including A but not including B; Option 2: including B but not including A; Option 3: including both A and B. The character "/" generally indicates that the objects associated before and after are in an "or" relationship.
本申请的术语“指示”既可以是一个直接的指示(或者说显式的指示),也可以是一个间接的指示(或者说隐含的指示)。其中,直接的指示可以理解为,发送方在发送的指示中明确告知了接收方具体的信息、需要执行的操作或请求结果等内容;间接的指示可以理解为,接收方根据发送方发送的指示确定对应的信息,或者进行判断并根据判断结果确定需要执行的操作或请求结果等。The term "indication" in this application can be either a direct indication (or explicit indication) or an indirect indication (or implicit indication). A direct indication can be understood as the sender explicitly informing the receiver of specific information, the operation to be performed, or the requested result, etc. in the instruction sent; an indirect indication can be understood as the receiver determining the corresponding information based on the instruction sent by the sender, or making a judgment and determining the operation to be performed or the requested result, etc. based on the judgment result.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)或其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统以外的系统,如第6代(6th Generation,6G)通信系统。It is worth noting that the technology described in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to the Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) system, but can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) or other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technology can be used for the systems and radio technologies mentioned above as well as for other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes a New Radio (NR) system for example purposes, and NR terminology is used in most of the following description, but these technologies can also be applied to systems other than NR systems, such as 6th Generation (6G) communication systems.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的框图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)、笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(Ultra-mobile Personal Computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)设备、机器人、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)、飞行器(flight vehicle)、车载设备(Vehicle User Equipment,VUE)、船载设备、行人终端(Pedestrian User Equipment,PUE)、智能家居(具有无线通信功能的家居设备,如冰箱、电视、洗衣机或者家具等)、游戏机、个人计算机(Personal Computer,PC)、柜员机或者自助机等终端侧设备。可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、智能手环、智能耳机、智能眼镜、智能首饰(智能手镯、智能手链、智能戒指、智能项链、智能脚镯、智能脚链等)、智能腕带、智能服装等。其中,车载设备也可以称为车载终端、车载控制器、车载模块、车载部件、车载芯片或车载单元等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。FIG1 shows a block diagram of a wireless communication system applicable to embodiments of the present application. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network-side device 12 . Among them, the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer), a notebook computer, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld computer, a netbook, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a mobile Internet device (MID), an augmented reality (AR), a virtual reality (VR) device, a robot, a wearable device (Wearable Device), a flight vehicle, a vehicle user equipment (VUE), a ship-borne equipment, a pedestrian user equipment (PUE), a smart home (home appliances with wireless communication functions, such as refrigerators, televisions, washing machines or furniture, etc.), a game console, a personal computer (PC), an ATM or a self-service machine and other terminal-side devices. Wearable devices include: smart watches, smart bracelets, smart headphones, smart glasses, smart jewelry (smart bracelets, smart bracelets, smart rings, smart necklaces, smart anklets, smart anklets, etc.), smart wristbands, smart clothing, etc. Among them, the vehicle-mounted device can also be called a vehicle-mounted terminal, vehicle-mounted controller, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit, etc. It should be noted that the specific type of the terminal 11 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
网络侧设备12可以包括接入网设备或核心网设备,其中,接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)设备、无线接入网功能或无线接入网单元。接入网设备可以包括基站、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点(Access Point,AP)或无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)节点等。其中,基站可被称为节点B(Node B,NB)、演进节点B(Evolved Node B,eNB)、下一代节点B(the next generation Node B,gNB)、新空口节点B(New Radio Node B,NR Node B)、接入点、中继站(Relay Base Station,RBS)、服务基站(Serving Base Station,SBS)、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、家用B节点(home Node B,HNB)、家用演进型B节点(home evolved Node B)、发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP)或所属领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例进行介绍,并不限定基站的具体类型。The network side equipment 12 may include access network equipment or core network equipment, wherein the access network equipment may also be referred to as radio access network (RAN) equipment, radio access network function or radio access network unit. The access network equipment may include a base station, a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point (AP) or a wireless fidelity (WiFi) node, etc. Among them, the base station may be referred to as a node B (NB), an evolved node B (eNB), the next generation node B (gNB), a new radio node B (NR Node B), an access point, a relay station (RBS), a serving base station (SBS), a base transceiver station (BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a base The Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), home Node B (HNB), home evolved Node B, transmission reception point (TRP) or other appropriate terms in the relevant field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to specific technical vocabulary. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is introduced as an example, and the specific type of the base station is not limited.
核心网设备可以包含但不限于如下至少一项:核心网节点、核心网功能、移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户平面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)、策略与计费规则功能单元(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)、边缘应用服务发现功能(Edge Application Server Discovery Function,EASDF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)、统一数据仓储(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、归属用户服务器(Home Subscriber Server,HSS)、集中式网络配置(Centralized network configuration,CNC)、网络存储功能(Network Repository Function,NRF)、网络开放功能(Network Exposure Function,NEF)、本地NEF(Local NEF,或L-NEF)、绑定支持功能(Binding Support Function,BSF)、应用功能(Application Function,AF)、位置管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF)、网关的移动位置中心(Gateway Mobile Location Centre,GMLC)、网络数据分析功能(Network Data Analytics Function,NWDAF)等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的核心网设备为例进行介绍,并不限定核心网设备的具体类型。The core network equipment may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: core network nodes, core network functions, Mobility Management Entity (MME), Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), Session Management Function (SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control Function (PCF), Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF), Edge Application Server Discovery Function (EASDF), Unified Data Management (UDM), Unified Data Repository (UDR), and so on. The NR system comprises the following components: a central repository function (UDR), a home subscriber server (HSS), a centralized network configuration (CNC), a network repository function (NRF), a network exposure function (NEF), a local NEF (L-NEF), a binding support function (BSF), an application function (AF), a location management function (LMF), a gateway mobile location center (GMLC), and a network data analytics function (NWDAF). It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, only the core network device in the NR system is used as an example for introduction, and the specific type of the core network device is not limited.
在一些实施例中,网络侧设备和终端除了具备通信能力外可以具备感知能力,感知能力,即具备感知能力的一个或多个设备,能够通过无线信号的发送和接收,来感知目标物体的方位、距离、速度等信息,或者对目标物体、事件或环境等进行检测、跟踪、识别、成像等。一些感知功能与应用场景如表1所示:In some embodiments, network-side devices and terminals may have perception capabilities in addition to communication capabilities. Perception capabilities refer to one or more devices with the ability to sense the position, distance, speed, and other information of a target object through the transmission and reception of wireless signals, or to detect, track, identify, and image a target object, event, or environment. Some perception functions and application scenarios are shown in Table 1:
表1
Table 1
需要说明的是,上述表1所示的感知类别仅是一个举例说明,本申请实施例中对感知测量的类别并不作限定。It should be noted that the perception categories shown in Table 1 above are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the categories of perception measurements.
另外,本申请实施例可以应用于通信感知一体化场景,其中,通信感知一体化是指在同一系统中通过频谱共享与硬件共享,实现通信和感知功能一体化设计,系统在进行信息传递的同时,能够感知方位、距离、速度等信息,对目标设备或事件进行检测、跟踪、识别,通信系统与感知系统相辅相成,实现整体性能上的提升并带来更好的服务体验。In addition, the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the communication and perception integration scenario, where communication and perception integration refers to the integrated design of communication and perception functions through spectrum sharing and hardware sharing in the same system. While transmitting information, the system can perceive information such as direction, distance, speed, and detect, track, and identify target devices or events. The communication system and the perception system complement each other to achieve overall performance improvement and bring a better service experience.
例如:通信与雷达的一体化属于典型的通信感知一体化(通信感知融合)应用,且通信与雷达系统融合能够带来许多优势,例如节约成本、减小尺寸、降低功耗、提升频谱效率、减小互干扰等,从而提升系统整体性能。For example: the integration of communication and radar is a typical communication-perception integration (communication-perception fusion) application, and the integration of communication and radar systems can bring many advantages, such as cost savings, size reduction, power consumption reduction, spectrum efficiency improvement, and mutual interference reduction, thereby improving the overall performance of the system.
本申请实施例中,根据感知信号发送节点和接收节点的不同,可以包括但不限于图2所示的6种感知链路。需要说明的是,图2中每种感知链路都是以一个发送节点和一个接收节点进行举例说明,实际系统中,根据不同的感知需求可以选择不同的感知链路,每种感知链路的发送节点和接收节点可以有一个或多个,且实际感知系统可以包括多种不同的感知链路。且图2中的感知目标以人和车作为例子,且假设人和车均没有携带或安装信号收/发设备,实际场景的感知目标将更加丰富。In the embodiment of the present application, depending on the difference between the sending node and the receiving node of the perception signal, the six types of perception links shown in Figure 2 may be included but not limited to. It should be noted that each perception link in Figure 2 is illustrated by taking a sending node and a receiving node as an example. In the actual system, different perception links can be selected according to different perception needs. Each perception link may have one or more sending nodes and one receiving node, and the actual perception system may include a variety of different perception links. In addition, the perception targets in Figure 2 take people and cars as examples, and assuming that people and cars do not carry or install signal receiving/transmitting equipment, the perception targets of the actual scene will be richer.
感知链路1:基站自发自收感知。该方式下基站发送感知信号,并通过接收该感知信号的回波来获得感知结果;Sensing link 1: The base station transmits and receives sensing signals autonomously. In this mode, the base station sends sensing signals and obtains sensing results by receiving the echo of the sensing signals.
感知链路2:基站间空口感知。该方式下基站2接收基站1发送的感知信号,获得感知结果。Sensing link 2: inter-base station air interface sensing. In this mode, base station 2 receives the sensing signal sent by base station 1 and obtains the sensing result.
感知链路3:上行空口感知。该方式下基站接收终端发送的感知信号,获得感知结果。Perception link 3: Uplink air interface perception: In this mode, the base station receives the perception signal sent by the terminal and obtains the perception result.
感知链路4:下行空口感知。该方式下终端接收基站发送的感知信号,获得感知结果。Perception link 4: Downlink air interface perception: In this mode, the terminal receives the perception signal sent by the base station and obtains the perception result.
感知链路5:终端自发自收感知。该方式下终端发送感知信号,并通过接收该感知信号的回波来获得感知结果。Perception link 5: Terminal self-transmitting and self-receiving perception. In this mode, the terminal sends a perception signal and obtains the perception result by receiving the echo of the perception signal.
感知链路6:终端间旁链路(Sidelink)感知。例如,终端2接收终端1发送的感知信号,获得感知结果,或者终端1接收终端2发送的感知信号,获得感知结果。Perception link 6: Sidelink perception between terminals. For example, terminal 2 receives a perception signal sent by terminal 1 and obtains a perception result, or terminal 1 receives a perception signal sent by terminal 2 and obtains a perception result.
在一些实施例中,无线接入网设备和终端、不同终端之间的信令传输以是通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令或媒体接入控制控制单元(Medium Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)或层1信令或其他新定义感知信令;感知网络功能和终端之间的信令传输可以是通过非接入层(Non-Access-Stratum,NAS)信令(经AMF转发)或通过RRC信令或MAC CE或层1信令或其他新定义感知信令;感知网络功能和基站之间的交互可以是利用AMF通过N2接口转发给无线接入网;或者核心网感知网络功能发送给UPF,UPF通过N3接口发送给无线接入网;或者通过新定义的接口发送给无线接入网(如基站);无线接入网设备间的信令传输可以是通过Xn接口。In some embodiments, the signaling transmission between the wireless access network device and the terminal, or between different terminals, may be through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling or Medium Access Control Control Element (MAC CE) or Layer 1 signaling or other newly defined perception signaling; the signaling transmission between the perception network function and the terminal may be through Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) signaling (forwarded via AMF) or through RRC signaling or MAC CE or Layer 1 signaling or other newly defined perception signaling; the interaction between the perception network function and the base station may be forwarded to the wireless access network through the N2 interface by AMF; or the core network perception network function may send it to the UPF, and the UPF may send it to the wireless access network through the N3 interface; or it may be sent to the wireless access network (such as a base station) through a newly defined interface; the signaling transmission between wireless access network devices may be through the Xn interface.
在一些实施例中,感知网络功能也可以叫做感知网元或者感知管理功能(Sensing Management Function,Sensing MF),可以处于RAN侧或核心网侧,是指核心网或RAN中负责感知请求处理、感知资源调度、感知信息交互、感知数据处理等至少一项功能的网络节点,可以是基于移动通信网络中AMF或LMF升级,也可以是其他网络节点或新定义的网络节点,具体的,感知网络功能/感知网元的功能特性可以包括以下至少一项:In some embodiments, a sensing network function may also be called a sensing network element or a sensing management function (Sensing MF), which may be located on the RAN side or the core network side. It refers to a network node in the core network or RAN that is responsible for at least one function, such as sensing request processing, sensing resource scheduling, sensing information interaction, and sensing data processing. It may be based on an upgraded AMF or LMF in a mobile communication network, or it may be another network node or a newly defined network node. Specifically, the functional characteristics of the sensing network function/sensing network element may include at least one of the following:
与无线信号发送设备或无线信号测量设备(包括目标终端或者目标终端的服务基站或者目标区域关联的基站)进行目标信息交互,其中,目标信息包括感知处理请求,感知能力,感知辅助数据,感知测量量类型,感知资源配置信息等,以获得无线信号测量设备发送目标感知结果或感知测量量(上行测量量或下行测量量)的值;其中,无线信号也可以称作感知信号。Target information is exchanged with a wireless signal sending device or a wireless signal measuring device (including a target terminal or a serving base station of the target terminal or a base station associated with a target area), wherein the target information includes a perception processing request, a perception capability, perception assistance data, a perception measurement quantity type, a perception resource configuration information, etc., to obtain the value of the target perception result or the perception measurement quantity (uplink measurement quantity or downlink measurement quantity) sent by the wireless signal measuring device; wherein the wireless signal can also be referred to as a perception signal.
根据感知业务的类型、感知业务消费者信息、所需的感知服务质量(Quality of Service,QoS)要求信息、无线信号发送设备的感知能力、无线信号测量设备的感知能力等因素来决定使用的感知方法,该感知方法可以包括:无线接入网设备A发无线接入网设备B收,或者无线接入网设备发终端收,或者无线接入网设备A自发自收,或者终端发无线接入网设备收,或者终端自发自收,或者终端A发终端B收等。The perception method to be used is determined based on factors such as the type of perception service, perception service consumer information, required perception service quality (QoS) requirement information, the perception capability of the wireless signal sending device, and the perception capability of the wireless signal measuring device. The perception method may include: wireless access network device A sends and wireless access network device B receives, or the wireless access network device sends and the terminal receives, or the wireless access network device A sends and receives by itself, or the terminal sends and the wireless access network device receives, or the terminal sends and receives by itself, or terminal A sends and terminal B receives, etc.
根据感知业务的类型、感知业务消费者的信息、所需的感知QoS要求信息、无线信号发送设备的感知能力、无线信号测量设备的感知能力等因素,来决定为感知业务服务的感知设备,其中,感知设备包括无线信号发送设备或无线信号测量设备。The perception device serving the perception service is determined based on factors such as the type of perception service, information about the perception service consumer, required perception QoS requirement information, the perception capability of the wireless signal sending device, and the perception capability of the wireless signal measuring device. The perception device includes a wireless signal sending device or a wireless signal measuring device.
管理感知业务所需资源的整体协调和调度,如对无线接入网设备或终端的感知资源进行相应的配置;Manage the overall coordination and scheduling of resources required for sensing services, such as configuring sensing resources for wireless access network devices or terminals;
对感知测量量的值进行数据处理,或进行计算获得感知结果。还可以验证感知结果,估计感知精度等。Data processing or calculation is performed on the values of the perceived measurement quantity to obtain the perceived result. The perceived result can also be verified and the perception accuracy can be estimated.
在一些实施例中,雷达按发射机和接收机是否分置可分为单基地雷达和双/多基地雷达,双基地雷达一般要求发射和接收天线距离很远,与雷达作用距离可比拟。其中,外辐射源雷达是双基地雷达的一种特例,利用相关的电磁波探测理论技术与信号处理技术,获取第三方(例如通信基站)发射的非合作电磁信号,实现对目标的探测、定位、跟踪和识别,又叫做无源雷达、双/多基地无源雷达、被动雷达、非合作照射源雷达或非合作无源探测系统。In some embodiments, radars can be categorized as monostatic and bistatic/multistatic, depending on whether the transmitter and receiver are separated. Bistatic radars generally require a significant distance between the transmitting and receiving antennas, comparable to the radar's operating range. Exo-radiation radars are a special case of bistatic radars. They utilize relevant electromagnetic wave detection theory and signal processing techniques to acquire non-cooperative electromagnetic signals transmitted by a third party (e.g., a communication base station) to detect, locate, track, and identify targets. These radars are also known as passive radars, bistatic/multistatic passive radars, passive radars, non-cooperative illuminating source radars, or non-cooperative passive detection systems.
其中,双基地雷达感知结果计算一般需要基于参考信道(直达径)信号和监测信道(反射径)信号,典型的双基地雷达架构示意图如图3所示。其中,RT为信号发端(Tx)到目标距离,RR为信号接收端(Tx)到目标距离,L为基线距离,θT为目标相对于信号发送端的角度,θR(θR1、θR2)为目标相对于信号接收端的角度,β为双基地角。The calculation of bistatic radar perception results is generally based on the reference channel (direct path) signal and the monitoring channel (reflection path) signal. A typical bistatic radar architecture diagram is shown in Figure 3. Here, RT is the distance from the signal transmitter (Tx) to the target, RR is the distance from the signal receiver (Tx) to the target, L is the baseline distance, θT is the angle of the target relative to the signal transmitter, θR ( θR1 , θR2 ) is the angle of the target relative to the signal receiver, and β is the bistatic angle.
在一些实施例中,对于感知测量中常见的距离、多普勒或速度测量,当信号资源配置不满足要求时会发生测量模糊问题,例如,对于单基地雷达感知,最大不模糊距离、多普勒或速度与信号资源配置的关系为:In some embodiments, for common distance, Doppler, or speed measurements in perception measurements, measurement ambiguity may occur when the signal resource configuration does not meet the requirements. For example, for single-base radar perception, the relationship between the maximum unambiguous distance, Doppler, or speed and the signal resource configuration is:
若考虑速度方向,时域资源间隔满足ΔT≤1/(2|fdmax|)或者ΔT≤c/(4fc|vmax|);若不考虑速度方向时域资源间隔满足ΔT≤1/fdmax或者ΔT≤c/(2fcvmax),其中fdmax为最大无模糊多普勒,vmax为最大无模糊速度,fc为载波频率,c为光速。If the velocity direction is considered, the time domain resource interval satisfies ΔT≤1/(2|f dmax |) or ΔT≤c/(4f c |v max |); if the velocity direction is not considered, the time domain resource interval satisfies ΔT≤1/f dmax or ΔT≤c/(2f c v max ), where f dmax is the maximum unambiguous Doppler, v max is the maximum unambiguous velocity, f c is the carrier frequency, and c is the speed of light.
频域资源间隔满足Δf≤1/τmax或Δf≤c/(2Rmax),其中τmax为最大无模糊时延,Rmax为最大无模糊距离。The frequency domain resource spacing satisfies Δf≤1/τ max or Δf≤c/(2R max ), where τ max is the maximum unambiguous delay and R max is the maximum unambiguous distance.
也就是说,当信号的频域资源间隔超过一定值时会发生测距模糊,时域资源间隔超过一定值时会发生测速/测多普勒模糊。That is to say, when the frequency domain resource interval of the signal exceeds a certain value, ranging ambiguity will occur, and when the time domain resource interval exceeds a certain value, speed measurement/Doppler measurement ambiguity will occur.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的一种测量信息上报方法、分组指示方法、装置及设备进行详细地说明。In the following, in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, a measurement information reporting method, a grouping indication method, an apparatus and a device provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail through some embodiments and their application scenarios.
请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的一种测量信息上报方法的流程图,如图4所示,包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG4 , which is a flowchart of a measurement information reporting method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG4 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤401、第一设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。Step 401: A first device obtains first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
上述第一设备可以是终端或者网络侧设备。The first device mentioned above may be a terminal or a network side device.
上述第一设备获取第一信息可以是第一设备接收第二设备发送的第一信息,上述第二设备可以是终端、网络侧设备或者核心网设备。The first device obtaining the first information may be the first device receiving the first information sent by the second device, and the second device may be a terminal, a network side device or a core network device.
上述分组测量可以是按照信号资源、收发天线端口或波束进行分组测量。The above-mentioned group measurement may be performed in groups according to signal resources, transmitting and receiving antenna ports or beams.
上述分组上报可以是按照信号资源、收发天线端口或波束进行分组上报。The above-mentioned group reporting can be grouped according to signal resources, transceiver antenna ports or beams.
上述分组方式可以是测量分组的方式或上报分组的方式,如按照信号资源进行分组测量、按照收发天线端口进行分组测量或按照波束进行分组测量,按照信号资源进行分组上报、按照收发天线端口进行分组上报或按照波束进行分组上报。The above-mentioned grouping method can be a measurement grouping method or a reporting grouping method, such as group measurement according to signal resources, group measurement according to transceiver antenna ports, or group measurement according to beams, group reporting according to signal resources, group reporting according to transceiver antenna ports, or group reporting according to beams.
一些实施方式中,上述分组方式可以包括如下至少一项:In some implementations, the grouping method may include at least one of the following:
按照发送的感知信号资源分组,其中,同一感知信号资源可以是多端口发送的;Grouping according to the sent sensing signal resources, where the same sensing signal resource can be sent on multiple ports;
按照发送信号端口分组;Group by sending signal port;
按照接收天线端口分组;Group by receiving antenna port;
按照接收分支(receiver branch)分组;Group by receiver branch;
按照接收通道分组;Group by receiving channel;
按照发送波束(空域滤波器)分组;Group by transmit beam (spatial filter);
按照接收波束(空域滤波器)分组。Group by receive beam (spatial filter).
其中,上述感知信号资源可以是时域资源或频域资源等,如将多个时域资源划分为至少两个分组,如将多个频域资源划分为至少两个分组。The above-mentioned perception signal resources may be time domain resources or frequency domain resources, such as dividing a plurality of time domain resources into at least two groups, or dividing a plurality of frequency domain resources into at least two groups.
或者,上述分组方式可以是以上至少两项的组合,例如按照发送-接收波束对分组,或者按照发送-接收端口对分组。其中,上述收发端口对可以理解为接收端进行信道估计是能够分辨的独立的子信道。Alternatively, the grouping method may be a combination of at least two of the above, such as grouping by transmit-receive beam pairs or grouping by transmit-receive port pairs. The transmit-receive port pairs may be understood as independent sub-channels that can be resolved by the receiving end during channel estimation.
本申请实施例中,其中,波束也可以称作空域滤波器(spatial filter)。In the embodiment of the present application, the beam can also be called a spatial filter.
在一些实施方式中,如果指示需要分组测量的情况下,可以默认需要分组上报,如果指示需要分组上报的情况下,可以默认需要分组测量,如果指示分组方式,则默认需要分组测量或分组上报。In some implementations, if group measurement is indicated, group reporting may be required by default; if group reporting is indicated, group measurement may be required by default; if a group mode is indicated, group measurement or group reporting may be required by default.
步骤402、所述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:Step 402: The first device sends second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
上述分组指示信息对应的第二信息可以包括如下至少一项:The second information corresponding to the grouping indication information may include at least one of the following:
在指示需要分组测量的情况下,分组的测量结果或感知指示性能;Where grouped measurements are indicated, the grouped measurement results or perceived indication performance;
在指示需要分组上报的情况下,分组的测量结果或感知指示性能;Where indications require group reporting, grouped measurement results or perceived indication performance;
在指示分组方式的情况下,该分组方式对应的测量结果或感知指示性能;In the case of an indication grouping method, the measurement results or perceived indication performance corresponding to the grouping method;
在指示不需要分组测量的情况下,未分组的测量结果或感知指示性能;Ungrouped measurements or perceived indication performance where grouped measurements are not required;
在指示不需要分组上报的情况下,未分组的测量结果或感知指示性能。In the case where the indication does not require group reporting, the ungrouped measurement results or perceptions indicate performance.
上述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息可以是向第二设备或第三设备发送分组指示信息对应的第二信息,第三设备可以是终端或者网络侧设备。The first device sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information may be sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information to the second device or the third device, and the third device may be a terminal or a network side device.
本申请实施例中的测量可以是感知测量,或者通信测量,或者通信感知一体化测量,即上述测量结果可以是通信测量结果或感知测量结果或通感一体化测量结果,上述性能指标可以是通信性能指标或感知性能指标或通感一体化性能指标。The measurement in the embodiments of the present application may be a perception measurement, or a communication measurement, or a communication-perception integrated measurement, that is, the above-mentioned measurement results may be communication measurement results, or perception measurement results, or a synaesthesia integrated measurement result, and the above-mentioned performance indicators may be communication performance indicators, or perception performance indicators, or synaesthesia integrated performance indicators.
其中,对于感知测量可以应用于双基地感知,例如:第一设备接收第二设备发送的感知信号并进行测量,得到测量结果,第一设备将测量结果分组上报给第二设备或第三设备。且上述第一信息可以是第一设备接收第二设备或第三设备发送的。该场景中,第一设备和第二设备可以是终端或基站(或TRP),具体地,可以是第一设备为基站,第二设备为终端;或者,第一设备为终端,第二设备为基站;或者,第一设备和第二设备均为基站;或者,第一设备和第二设备均为终端。第三设备可以是核心网感知网络功能或感知网元,也可以是其他基站或终端。Among them, the perception measurement can be applied to dual-base perception, for example: the first device receives the perception signal sent by the second device and performs measurement to obtain the measurement result, and the first device reports the measurement result group to the second device or the third device. And the above-mentioned first information can be received by the first device from the second device or the third device. In this scenario, the first device and the second device can be terminals or base stations (or TRPs). Specifically, the first device can be a base station and the second device can be a terminal; or the first device can be a terminal and the second device can be a base station; or the first device can be a terminal and the second device can be a base station; or the first device and the second device can be both base stations; or the first device and the second device can be both terminals. The third device can be a core network perception network function or a perception network element, or it can be another base station or a terminal.
对于感知测量可以应用于单基地感知,例如:第一设备发送感知信号,并接收回波信号进行测量,得到测量结果,第一设备将测量结果分组上报给第二设备。且第一信息可以是第一设备接收第二设备发送的。该场景中,第一设备可以是终端或基站(或TRP),第二设备可以是核心网感知网络功能或感知网元,也可以是基站或终端。Perception measurement can be applied to single-base perception. For example, a first device sends a perception signal, receives an echo signal, measures it, and obtains a measurement result. The first device then reports the measurement result in packets to a second device. Furthermore, the first information can be received by the first device from the second device. In this scenario, the first device can be a terminal or a base station (or TRP), and the second device can be a core network perception network function or perception network element, or a base station or terminal.
在本申请实施例中,由于分组指示信息用于指示是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式中的至少一项,且发送分组指示信息对应的测量结果或性能指标,从而使得第一设备支持灵活的测量或上报,进而提高测量性能。另外,对于分组测量或者分组上报的情况下,可以使得测量结果或性能指标更加精准,进一步提高测量性能。In the embodiment of the present application, the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping mode, and the measurement result or performance indicator corresponding to the group indication information is transmitted. This enables the first device to support flexible measurement or reporting, thereby improving measurement performance. In addition, in the case of group measurement or group reporting, the measurement result or performance indicator can be made more accurate, further improving measurement performance.
以测量为感知测量为例,为了达到理想的感知性能,感知测量过程中,收发波束需要指向感知目标或区域,或者说,在感知测量过程中,收发波束需要覆盖感知目标或覆盖感知区域,如图5和图6分别为双基地感知、单基地感知场景下,感知目标或区域以及相应的收发波束示意图。Taking perception measurement as an example, in order to achieve ideal perception performance, during the perception measurement process, the transceiver beams need to point to the perception target or area. In other words, during the perception measurement process, the transceiver beams need to cover the perception target or cover the perception area. Figures 5 and 6 are schematic diagrams of the perception target or area and the corresponding transceiver beams in dual-base perception and single-base perception scenarios, respectively.
图5中的(a)表示波束覆盖特定区域,图5中的(b)表示波束覆盖特定目标,图6中的(a)波束覆盖特定区域,图6中的(b)表示波束覆盖特定目标。(a) in Figure 5 indicates that the beam covers a specific area, (b) in Figure 5 indicates that the beam covers a specific target, (a) in Figure 6 indicates that the beam covers a specific area, (b) in Figure 6 indicates that the beam covers a specific target.
如图5和图6的场景,不同波束对应的感知测量结果可能存在差异,且不同波束可能与不同信号资源或端口关联。本申请实施例中,可以实现根据不同感知场景下,发送信号配置、接收端口配置或收发波束赋形的情况,对感知测量结果进行分组上报。其中,第一设备接收并进行测量的感知信号为用于感知测量的信号,可以包括以下至少一项:As shown in the scenarios of Figures 5 and 6, the perception measurement results corresponding to different beams may be different, and different beams may be associated with different signal resources or ports. In an embodiment of the present application, the perception measurement results can be grouped and reported according to the sending signal configuration, receiving port configuration, or transceiver beamforming in different perception scenarios. Among them, the perception signal received and measured by the first device is a signal used for perception measurement, which may include at least one of the following:
专用感知信号,例如基于啁啾(Chirp)或调频连续波(Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave,FMCW)信号生成的感知信号,或者基于伪随机(Pseudo-Random,PN)序列、ZC序列或其他恒包络零自相关(Constant Amplitude Zero Auto-Correlation,CAZAC)序列等生成的感知信号;Dedicated sensing signals, such as those generated based on chirp or frequency modulated continuous wave (FMCW) signals, or those generated based on pseudo-random (PN) sequences, ZC sequences, or other constant envelope zero auto-correlation (CAZAC) sequences;
参考信号,例如解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information,Reference Signal,CSI-RS)、探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)或定位参考信号(Positioning Reference Signal,PRS)等;Reference signals, such as Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS), Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), or Positioning Reference Signal (PRS);
同步信号,例如主同步信号(Primary Synchronization Signal,PSS)或辅同步信号(Secondary Synchronization Signal,SSS);Synchronization signals, such as the Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) or the Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS);
承载通信数据的信号,例如物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)、物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)、者物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)或物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)信号等。Signals that carry communication data, such as the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) signals.
且上述信号可以是单端口信号,也可以是多端口信号。Furthermore, the above signal can be a single-port signal or a multi-port signal.
在本申请实施例中,上述信号可以称作第一信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the above signal may be referred to as a first signal.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:As an optional implementation manner, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
其中,上述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示是否需要按照信号资源进行分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为按照信号资源分组。The signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate whether group measurement or group reporting is required according to signal resources, or to indicate whether the grouping method is grouping according to signal resources.
在一些实施方式中,上述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源。例如:每个信号资源组中包含至少一个信号资源,不同信号资源组进行独立测量得到测量结果。在一些实施方式中,每个信号资源组中仅包含一个信号资源,即各个信号资源均独立测量得到测量结果;或者是,每个信号资源组中包含全部信号资源,即各个信号资源均联合测量得到测量结果。In some embodiments, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources. For example, each signal resource group includes at least one signal resource, and independent measurements are performed on different signal resource groups to obtain measurement results. In some embodiments, each signal resource group includes only one signal resource, i.e., each signal resource is independently measured to obtain a measurement result; or, each signal resource group includes all signal resources, i.e., each signal resource is jointly measured to obtain a measurement result.
在一些实施方式中,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址(Quasi co-location,QCL)信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组。其中,第一QCL信息可以是信号资源配置信息中的QCL信息,该QCL信息指示信号分组信息,例如:满足QCL类型D(QCL-TypeD)关系的信号资源为一组,即使用相同发送或接收波束的信号资源为一组。其中,QCL-TypeD仅是举例说明,例如:QCL-TypeD关系的信号资源也可以分为不同组。通过上述第一QCL信息可以隐式显示信号资源分组,进而节约信息开销。In some embodiments, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first Quasi Co-location (QCL) information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are grouped as a signal resource group. The first QCL information may be QCL information in the signal resource configuration information, where the QCL information indicates signal grouping information. For example, signal resources satisfying the QCL Type D relationship are grouped, i.e., signal resources using the same transmit or receive beam are grouped. QCL Type D is merely an example; for example, signal resources with the QCL Type D relationship may also be grouped into different groups. The first QCL information can implicitly indicate signal resource grouping, thereby saving information overhead.
通过上述信号资源分组指示信息可以实现以信号资源进行分组测量或上报,以提高测量或上报的灵活性。The signal resource grouping indication information can be used to implement group measurement or reporting based on signal resources, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
发送天线端口分组指示信息可以指示是否需要按照发送天线端口进行分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为按照发送天线端口分组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or group reporting needs to be performed according to the transmitting antenna port, or may be used to indicate that the grouping mode is grouping according to the transmitting antenna port.
在一些实施方式中,上述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口。例如:对于测量的信号为多端口信号,每个资源组中包含至少一个发送天线端口(也可以称作信号端口),不同发送天线端口组进行独立测量得到测量结果。在一些实施方式中,每个天线端口组中仅包含一个天线端口,即信号各个发送天线端口进行独立测量得到测量结果;或者,每个发送天线端口组中仅包含全部信号端口,即针对信号各个发送天线端口联合测量得到测量结果。In some embodiments, the transmit antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmit antenna port group, each transmit antenna port group including one or more transmit antenna ports. For example, if the measured signal is a multi-port signal, each resource group includes at least one transmit antenna port (also referred to as a signal port), and independent measurements are performed on different transmit antenna port groups to obtain measurement results. In some embodiments, each antenna port group includes only one antenna port, i.e., each transmit antenna port of the signal is independently measured to obtain a measurement result; or, each transmit antenna port group includes only all signal ports, i.e., each transmit antenna port of the signal is jointly measured to obtain a measurement result.
在一些实施方式中,上述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。其中,上述第二QCL信息可以是发送天线端口的QCL信息。例如:信号各个发送天线端口的QCL信息指示信号的分组信息,即信号为多端口信号时,在信号配置信息中指示出每个发送天线端口的QCL信息。例如满足QCL-TypeD关系的发送天线端口为一组,即使用相同发送或接收波束的发送天线端口为一组。同样地,此处为举例说明,满足QCL-TypeD关系的发送天线端口也可以分为不同组。In some embodiments, the above-mentioned transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group. The above-mentioned second QCL information may be the QCL information of the transmitting antenna port. For example: the QCL information of each transmitting antenna port of the signal indicates the grouping information of the signal, that is, when the signal is a multi-port signal, the QCL information of each transmitting antenna port is indicated in the signal configuration information. For example, the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL-TypeD relationship are a group, that is, the transmitting antenna ports using the same transmitting or receiving beam are a group. Similarly, for illustration purposes only, the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL-TypeD relationship can also be divided into different groups.
通过上述发送天线端口分组指示信息可以实现以发送天线端口分组测量或上报,以提高测量或上报的灵活性。By sending the antenna port grouping indication information, measurement or reporting based on the sending antenna port groups can be achieved, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
上述接收天线端口分组指示信息可以指示是否需要按照接收天线端口进行分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为按照接收天线端口分组。例如:第一设备支持通过多个天线端口接收信号,通过接收天线端口分组指示信息指示按照接收天线端口分组。在一些实施方式中,每个接收天线端口组中仅包含一个接收天线端口,即接收端针对各个接收天线端口的接收信号进行独立测量得到测量结果;或者,每个接收天线端口组中仅包含全部接收天线端口,即接收端针对各个接收天线端口的接收信号进行联合测量得到测量结果。The above-mentioned receiving antenna port grouping indication information can indicate whether group measurement or group reporting is required according to the receiving antenna port, or is used to indicate that the grouping method is grouping according to the receiving antenna port. For example: the first device supports receiving signals through multiple antenna ports, and indicates grouping according to the receiving antenna port through the receiving antenna port grouping indication information. In some embodiments, each receiving antenna port group includes only one receiving antenna port, that is, the receiving end independently measures the received signal of each receiving antenna port to obtain the measurement result; or each receiving antenna port group includes only all receiving antenna ports, that is, the receiving end performs a joint measurement on the received signal of each receiving antenna port to obtain the measurement result.
需要说明的是,接收天线端口也可以理解为接收通道、接收分支(receiver branch)等,且通过不同接收天线端口接收的信号对于第一设备的基带处理是可分辨的。It should be noted that the receiving antenna port can also be understood as a receiving channel, a receiving branch (receiver branch), etc., and the signals received through different receiving antenna ports are distinguishable for the baseband processing of the first device.
通过上述接收天线端口分组指示信息可以实现以接收天线端口分组测量或上报,以提高测量或上报的灵活性。The above-mentioned receiving antenna port grouping indication information can be used to implement measurement or reporting based on the receiving antenna port grouping, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
上述发送波束分组指示信息可以指示是否需要按照发送波束进行分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为按照发送波束分组。例如:上述发送波束分组指示信息指示至少一个发送波束分组,每个发送波束组中包括至少一个发送波束,不同发送波束组进行独立测量得到测量结果。The transmit beam grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is required by transmit beam, or may be used to indicate that the grouping method is to group by transmit beam. For example, the transmit beam grouping indication information may indicate at least one transmit beam group, each transmit beam group including at least one transmit beam, and independent measurements are performed on different transmit beam groups to obtain measurement results.
通过上述发送波束分组指示信息可以实现以发送波束分组测量或上报,以提高测量或上报的灵活性。By sending the beam grouping indication information, it is possible to implement measurement or reporting by sending beam grouping, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
上述接收波束分组指示信息可以指示是否需要按照接收波束进行分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为按照接收波束分组。例如:接收波束分组指示信息指示至少一个接收波束分组,每个接收波束组中包括至少一个接收波束,不同接收波束组进行独立测量得到测量结果。The receive beam grouping indication information may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is required by receive beam, or may indicate whether grouping is by receive beam. For example, the receive beam grouping indication information may indicate at least one receive beam group, each receive beam group including at least one receive beam, and independent measurements are performed on different receive beam groups to obtain measurement results.
通过上述接收波束分组指示信息可以实现以接收波束分组测量或上报,以提高测量或上报的灵活性。The above-mentioned receiving beam grouping indication information can be used to implement receiving beam grouping measurement or reporting, thereby improving the flexibility of measurement or reporting.
上述组合分组指示信息可以指示是否需要按照多个维度进行组合分组测量或分组上报,或者用于指示分组方式为组合分组。The above-mentioned combined grouping indication information may indicate whether combined grouping measurement or grouping reporting is required according to multiple dimensions, or may be used to indicate that the grouping mode is combined grouping.
上述组合分组指示信息可以通过指示发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的标识、索引等指示信息,实现这至少两项的组合作为一个分组,例如:组合分组指示信息指示一个发送天线端口的标识和一个接收天线端口的标识,以实现发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示,又例如:组合分组指示信息指示一个发送波束的索引和一个接收束的索引,以实现发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示。The above-mentioned combined group indication information can realize the combination of at least two items as a group by indicating the identifiers, indexes and other indication information of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, receiving antenna port, transmitting beam, receiving beam and signal resources. For example, the combined group indication information indicates the identifier of a transmitting antenna port and the identifier of a receiving antenna port to realize the group indication of the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port. For another example, the combined group indication information indicates the index of a transmitting beam and the index of a receiving beam to realize the group indication of the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port.
具体地,上述组合分组指示信息可以包括如下至少一项:Specifically, the combined grouping indication information may include at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
上述发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息可以指示是否按照发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合进行分组测量或上报,其中,发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合进行分组的具体分组方式可以是在组合分组指示信息直接指示,或者可以是第一设备基于协议或者预配置确定,例如:在指示按照发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合进行分组测量或上报,第一设备基于协议约定或者预配置的发送天线端口与接收天线端口的组合进行分组测量或上报。或者上述组合分组指示信息指示分组方式为发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组。其中,发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合也可以称作发送天线端口与接收天线端口对。例如:每个天线端口对中包括至少一个发送-接收天线端口对,不同发送-接收端口对进行独立测量得到测量结果。示例性地,网络侧设备配置的第一信号支持2个端口发送,记为{TxPort#0,TxPort#1},第一设备支持4个天线端口接收,记为{RxPort#0,RxPort#1,RxPort#2,RxPort#3}。则所述发送-接收端口对可以包括:The grouping indication information of the above-mentioned combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port may indicate whether to perform group measurement or reporting according to the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port, wherein the specific grouping manner of grouping the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port may be directly indicated in the combined grouping indication information, or may be determined by the first device based on a protocol or pre-configuration. For example, when indicating that group measurement or reporting is performed according to the combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port, the first device performs group measurement or reporting based on the protocol agreement or pre-configured combination of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port. Or the above-mentioned combined grouping indication information indicates that the grouping manner is grouping of the transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port combination. The transmitting antenna port and the receiving antenna port combination may also be referred to as a transmitting antenna port and a receiving antenna port pair. For example, each antenna port pair includes at least one transmitting-receiving antenna port pair, and different transmitting-receiving port pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results. For example, the first signal configured by the network side device supports two ports for transmission, which are recorded as {TxPort#0, TxPort#1}, and the first device supports four antenna ports for reception, which are recorded as {RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3}. Then the transmit-receive port pair may include:
Group0:{TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1,TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3};Group0: {TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1,TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3};
Group1:{TxPort#1-RxPort#0,TxPort#1-RxPort#1,TxPort#1-RxPort#2,TxPort#1-RxPort#3}。Group1: {TxPort#1-RxPort#0, TxPort#1-RxPort#1, TxPort#1-RxPort#2, TxPort#1-RxPort#3}.
在一些实施方式中,每个发送-接收端口对可以是包括一个发送天线端口和一个接收天线端口,如Group0中包括4个发送-接收端口对,分别为TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1,TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3;Group1中包括4个发送-接收端口对,分别为TxPort#1-RxPort#0,TxPort#1-RxPort#1,TxPort#1-RxPort#2,TxPort#1-RxPort#3。In some embodiments, each transmit-receive port pair may include a transmit antenna port and a receive antenna port, such as Group 0 includes four transmit-receive port pairs, namely TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1, TxPort#0-RxPort#2, and TxPort#0-RxPort#3; Group 1 includes four transmit-receive port pairs, namely TxPort#1-RxPort#0, TxPort#1-RxPort#1, TxPort#1-RxPort#2, and TxPort#1-RxPort#3.
在一些实施方式中,每个发送-接收端口对可以是包括一个发送天线端口和多个接收天线端口,如上述Group0和Group1分别表示两个发送-接收端口对,这样可以实现针对一个发送天线端口通过多个接收天端口进行联合测量。In some implementations, each transmit-receive port pair may include one transmit antenna port and multiple receive antenna ports. For example, Group 0 and Group 1 above represent two transmit-receive port pairs, respectively. This allows joint measurement of one transmit antenna port through multiple receive antenna ports.
上述发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息可以指示是否按照发送波束与接收波束组合进行分组测量或上报,或者指示分组方式为发送波束与接收波束组合的分组。其中,发送波束与接收波束组合也可以称作发送波束与接收波束对。在一些实施方式中,上述发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息可以指示至少一个发送-接收波束对,不同发送-接收波束对进行独立测量得到测量结果。其中,不同发送端口或信号资源可以关联不同的发送波束,也可以是关联相同的发送波束;不同接收天线端口可以关联不同的接收波束,也可以是关联相同的接收波束。The grouping indication information of the above-mentioned transmit beam and receive beam combination may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is performed according to the transmit beam and receive beam combination, or indicate that the grouping method is grouping of the transmit beam and receive beam combination. The transmit beam and receive beam combination may also be referred to as a transmit beam and receive beam pair. In some embodiments, the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned transmit beam and receive beam combination may indicate at least one transmit-receive beam pair, and different transmit-receive beam pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results. Different transmit ports or signal resources may be associated with different transmit beams, or may be associated with the same transmit beam; different receive antenna ports may be associated with different receive beams, or may be associated with the same receive beam.
在一些实施方式中,接收天线端口或接收波束可以是和信号资源或信号端口或发送波束关联的,即通过指示信号资源或信号端口或发送波束即可确定对应的接收天线端口或接收波束。例如图5的(b)中,通过波束训练或其他历史测量信息,接收设备确定发送波束TxBeam#1对应的接收波束为RxBeam#1,发送波束TxBeam#2和TxBeam#3对应的接收波束为RxBeam#2。此时,若通过发送波束进行分组得到:Group0:{TxBeam#1}和Group1:{TxBeam#2,TxBeam#3};则接收设备可以认为得到如下波束对分组:Group0:{TxBeam#1-RxBeam#1}和Group1:{TxBeam#2-RxBeam#2,TxBeam#3-RxBeam#2}。In some embodiments, a receive antenna port or receive beam can be associated with a signal resource, signal port, or transmit beam. That is, the corresponding receive antenna port or receive beam can be determined by indicating the signal resource, signal port, or transmit beam. For example, in FIG5(b), through beam training or other historical measurement information, the receiving device determines that the receive beam corresponding to transmit beam TxBeam#1 is RxBeam#1, and the receive beams corresponding to transmit beams TxBeam#2 and TxBeam#3 are RxBeam#2. In this case, if the transmit beams are grouped as Group 0: {TxBeam#1} and Group 1: {TxBeam#2, TxBeam#3}, the receiving device can be considered to have obtained the following beam pair groupings: Group 0: {TxBeam#1-RxBeam#1} and Group 1: {TxBeam#2-RxBeam#2, TxBeam#3-RxBeam#2}.
上述信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息可以指示是否按照信号资源与接收天线端口组合进行分组测量或上报,或者指示分组方式为信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组。在一些实施方式中,上述信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息可以指示至少一个信号资源-接收天线端口对,不同信号资源-接收端口对进行独立测量得到测量结果。例如:网络侧设备配置2个信号资源用于感知测量,记为{Resource#0,Resource#1},第一设备支持4个天线端口接收,记为{RxPort#0,RxPort#1,RxPort#2,RxPort#3}。则所述发送-接收天线端口对可以包括:{Resource#0-RxPort#0,Resource#0-RxPort#1,Resource#0-RxPort#2,Resource#0-RxPort#3},{Resource#1-RxPort#0,Resource#1-RxPort#1,Resource#1-RxPort#2,Resource#1-RxPort#3}。表示针对每个信号资源,第一设备支持4个接收天线端口的接收信号联合处理和上报。The grouping indication information of the above-mentioned signal resource and receiving antenna port combination may indicate whether to perform group measurement or reporting according to the signal resource and receiving antenna port combination, or indicate that the grouping method is the grouping of the signal resource and receiving antenna port combination. In some embodiments, the grouping indication information of the above-mentioned signal resource and receiving antenna port combination may indicate at least one signal resource-receiving antenna port pair, and different signal resource-receiving port pairs are independently measured to obtain measurement results. For example: the network side device configures 2 signal resources for perception measurement, recorded as {Resource#0, Resource#1}, and the first device supports 4 antenna port reception, recorded as {RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3}. The transmit-receive antenna port pairs may include: {Resource#0-RxPort#0, Resource#0-RxPort#1, Resource#0-RxPort#2, Resource#0-RxPort#3}, {Resource#1-RxPort#0, Resource#1-RxPort#1, Resource#1-RxPort#2, Resource#1-RxPort#3}. This indicates that for each signal resource, the first device supports joint processing and reporting of received signals from four receive antenna ports.
上述信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息可以指示是否按照信号资源与接收波束组合进行分组测量或上报,或者指示分组方式为信号资源与接收波束组合的分组。在一些实施方式中,上述信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息可以指示至少一个信号资源-接收波束对,不同信号资源-接收波束对进行独立测量得到测量结果。The grouping indication information for the signal resource and receive beam combination may indicate whether group measurement or reporting is performed based on the signal resource and receive beam combination, or may indicate whether the grouping method is grouping based on the signal resource and receive beam combination. In some embodiments, the grouping indication information for the signal resource and receive beam combination may indicate at least one signal resource-receive beam pair, and measurement results are obtained by performing independent measurements on different signal resource-receive beam pairs.
通过上述组合分组指示信息可以实现以组合的方式分组测量或上报,使得测量或上报的精度更高。The above-mentioned combined grouping indication information can be used to implement grouped measurement or reporting in a combined manner, thereby making the measurement or reporting more accurate.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:As an optional implementation manner, before the first device sends the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, the method further includes:
在所述分组指示信息指示需要分组测量、需要分组上报或分组方式的情况下,所述第一设备按照所述分组指示信息进行分组测量,得到第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:所述分组测量的测量结果、所述分组测量的性能指标。When the group indication information indicates that group measurement, group reporting or group mode is required, the first device performs group measurement according to the group indication information to obtain second information, and the second information includes at least one of the following: a measurement result of the group measurement and a performance indicator of the group measurement.
上述第二信息即上述分组指示信息对应的第二信息。The second information is the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information.
上述按照所述分组指示信息进行分组测量可以包括如下至少一项:The performing group measurement according to the group indication information may include at least one of the following:
按照信号资源分组进行分组测量;Perform group measurement according to signal resource groups;
按照发送天线端口分组进行分组测量;Perform group measurements based on the transmit antenna ports.
按照接收天线端口分组进行分组测量;Perform group measurements based on the receiving antenna ports;
按照发送波束分组进行分组测量;Perform group measurement according to the transmission beam group;
按照接收波束分组进行分组测量;Perform group measurement according to the receiving beam group;
按照组合分组进行分组测量。Group measurements are performed according to the combination groups.
这样可以得到针对不同信号资源、不同信号端口、不同信号资源组、不同天线发送端口组、接收天线端口分组、发送波束分组、接收波束分组或组合分组的测量结果或性能指标。In this way, measurement results or performance indicators can be obtained for different signal resources, different signal ports, different signal resource groups, different antenna transmission port groups, receiving antenna port groups, transmission beam groups, receiving beam groups or combined groups.
该实施方式中,可以直接通过测量分组得到分组的测量结果或分组的性能指标,以提高测量性能。In this implementation, the measurement result of the group or the performance index of the group can be obtained directly by measuring the group, so as to improve the measurement performance.
在一些实施方式中,上述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,包括:In some implementations, the first device sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information includes:
在所述分组指示信息指示需要分组上报或分组方式的情况下,所述第一设备按照进行非分组的测量,并对测量得到的结果或性能指标进行分组,以得到分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:所述分组测量的测量结果、所述分组测量的性能指标。When the group indication information indicates that group reporting or grouping mode is required, the first device performs non-group measurement and groups the measurement results or performance indicators to obtain second information corresponding to the group indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: the measurement result of the group measurement and the performance indicator of the group measurement.
该实施方式中,可以实现先测量再对测量结果或性能指标进行分组。In this implementation, it is possible to first measure and then group the measurement results or performance indicators.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:As an optional implementation manner, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
其中,上述测量结果或性能指标对应的分组信息可以包括如下至少一项:The grouping information corresponding to the measurement result or performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
通过上述分组信息可以使得测量结果或性能指标上报更加精准。The above grouping information can make the measurement results or performance indicators reported more accurately.
上述测量结果或性能指标对应的说明信息可以包括用于对测量结果或性能指标进行进一步说明的说明信息,如说明测量结果或性能指标的获取或测量时间、对应的业务、执行测量的设备等;或者可以包括用于辅助接收到第二信息的设备更好地理解或使用测量结果或性能指标的说明信息,如说明测量结果或性能指标的作用或目的,如说明测量结果或性能指标用于跌倒检测、入侵检测、数量统计、室内定位、手势识别、唇语识别、步态识别、表情识别、面部识别、呼吸监测、心率监测或脉搏监测等。这样通过上述说明信息可以使得测量结果或性能指标反馈更加有效。The explanatory information corresponding to the above-mentioned measurement results or performance indicators may include explanatory information for further explaining the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining the acquisition or measurement time of the measurement results or performance indicators, the corresponding business, the device performing the measurement, etc.; or may include explanatory information for assisting the device receiving the second information to better understand or use the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining the function or purpose of the measurement results or performance indicators, such as explaining that the measurement results or performance indicators are used for fall detection, intrusion detection, population counting, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, respiration monitoring, heart rate monitoring, or pulse monitoring. In this way, the above-mentioned explanatory information can make the feedback of measurement results or performance indicators more effective.
上述感知测量结果或感知性能指标对应的说明信息可以包括如下至少一项:The description information corresponding to the above-mentioned perception measurement result or perception performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
时间戳;Timestamp;
设备信息,其中,设备信息可以包括设备标识、设备位置、设备朝向、运动速度中的至少一项;Device information, where the device information may include at least one of a device identifier, a device location, a device orientation, and a movement speed;
感知业务信息,如感知业务标识。Perceive business information, such as business identification.
例如,所述时间戳可以是感知测量结果的测量时刻所对应的时间戳,所述设备信息可以为执行感知测量以获取感知测量结果或感知性能指标的设备的设备信息,所述感知业务信息可以是感知测量所对应的感知业务的业务信息。For example, the timestamp may be the timestamp corresponding to the measurement moment of the perception measurement result, the device information may be the device information of the device that performs the perception measurement to obtain the perception measurement result or the perception performance indicator, and the perception service information may be the service information of the perception service corresponding to the perception measurement.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:As an optional implementation manner, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
上述信号资源配置信息可以是指一个或者多个信号资源配置信息,如配置多个信号资源用于感知测量。The above-mentioned signal resource configuration information may refer to one or more signal resource configuration information, such as configuring multiple signal resources for perception measurement.
上述信号配置信息也可以包括以下至少一项:The signal configuration information may also include at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号用途、波形、子载波间隔、保护间隔、频域起始位置、频域资源长度、频域资源间隔、时域起始位置、时域资源长度、时域资源间隔、时域突发信息、时域资源特性、信号功率、序列信息、信号方向、准共址(Quasi Co-Location,QCL)关系、循环前缀信息。Signal resource identification, signal usage, waveform, subcarrier spacing, guard interval, frequency domain starting position, frequency domain resource length, frequency domain resource interval, time domain starting position, time domain resource length, time domain resource interval, time domain burst information, time domain resource characteristics, signal power, sequence information, signal direction, Quasi Co-Location (QCL) relationship, and cyclic prefix information.
上述信号资源标识用于区分不同的信号资源配置;The above signal resource identifier is used to distinguish different signal resource configurations;
上述信号用途表示该目标信号是用于通信(例如信道测量、信道估计、同步、承载数据信息等)的信号,用于感知的信号,或者是同时用于通信和感知的信号。具体地,还可以是用于哪种感知业务的信号,或者是用于哪一类感知业务的信号。The signal usage indicates whether the target signal is used for communication (e.g., channel measurement, channel estimation, synchronization, carrying data information, etc.), a signal used for sensing, or a signal used for both communication and sensing. Specifically, it may also indicate which sensing service the signal is used for, or which type of sensing service the signal is used for.
其中,感知业务可以包括如下至少一项:The sensing service may include at least one of the following:
检测目标是否存在,定位,速度探测,距离探测、角度探测、加速度探测,材料分析,成分分析,形状检测,类别划分,雷达散射截面积RCS(Radar Cross Section,RCS)检测,极化散射特性检测,跌倒检测,入侵检测,数量统计,室内定位,手势识别,唇语识别,步态识别,表情识别,面部识别,呼吸监测,心率监测,脉搏监测,湿度/亮度/温度/大气压强监测,空气质量监测,天气情况监测,环境重构,地形地貌、建筑/植被分布检测,人流量或车流量检测,人群密度、车辆密度检测等,所述感知业务类型可以是按照一定特征把多个不同的感知业务进行分类,例如按照功能划分为检测类感知业务(例如包括入侵检测、跌倒检测)、参数估计类感知业务(距离、角度、速度计算)、识别类感知业务(动作识别、身份识别)等,还可以是按照感知的范围(近距离感知、中距离感知、远距离感知)划分,按照感知的精细程度划分(粗粒度感知、精细力度感知等),按照功耗/能耗划分,按照资源占用划分等。Detect target presence, positioning, speed detection, distance detection, angle detection, acceleration detection, material analysis, component analysis, shape detection, classification, radar cross-section RCS (Radar Cross Section, RCS) detection, polarization scattering characteristic detection, fall detection, intrusion detection, population statistics, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, respiration monitoring, heart rate monitoring, pulse monitoring, humidity/brightness/temperature/atmospheric pressure monitoring, air quality monitoring, weather condition monitoring, environmental reconstruction, topography, building/vegetation distribution detection , pedestrian or vehicle flow detection, crowd density, vehicle density detection, etc. The perception service type can be to classify multiple different perception services according to certain characteristics, such as detection-type perception services (such as intrusion detection, fall detection), parameter estimation-type perception services (distance, angle, speed calculation), recognition-type perception services (motion recognition, identity recognition), etc., according to function. It can also be divided according to the scope of perception (close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception), according to the degree of perception refinement (coarse-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.), according to power consumption/energy consumption, according to resource occupancy, etc.
上述波形可以为OFDM、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)、正交时频空间(Orthogonal Time Frequency Space,OTFS)、调频连续波(Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave,FMCW)或脉冲信号等;The waveform may be OFDM, Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA), Orthogonal Time-Frequency Space (OTFS), Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave (FMCW), or a pulse signal;
上述子载波间隔可以是OFDM系统的子载波间隔,例如:30KHz。The above subcarrier spacing may be the subcarrier spacing of an OFDM system, for example, 30 kHz.
上述保护间隔可以是从信号结束发送时刻到该信号的最迟回波信号被接收的时刻之间的时间间隔,该参数正比于最大感知距离;例如,可以通过c/(2Rmax)计算得到,Rmax为最大感知距离(属于感知需求信息),如对于自发自收的感知信号,Rmax代表感知信号收发点到信号反射点的最大距离;在某些情况下,OFDM信号循环前缀(Cyclic prefix,CP)可以起到最小保护间隔的作用,c是光速。The guard interval can be the time interval between the moment a signal ends transmitting and the moment the latest echo signal of the signal is received. This parameter is proportional to the maximum perception distance. For example, it can be calculated as c/(2R max ), where R max is the maximum perception distance (pertaining to perception requirement information). For example, for a self-transmitted and self-received perception signal, R max represents the maximum distance between the perception signal transmission and reception point and the signal reflection point. In some cases, the OFDM signal cyclic prefix (CP) can serve as the minimum guard interval, and c is the speed of light.
上述频域起始位置可以是起始频点,也可以是起始资源单元(Resource element,RE)、资源块(Resource block,RB)索引。The above-mentioned frequency domain starting position can be the starting frequency point, or the starting resource element (RE) or resource block (RB) index.
上述频域资源长度可以是频域带宽,该频域带宽反比于距离分辨率,每个信号的频域带宽B≥c/(2ΔR),其中,c为光速,ΔR为距离分辨率。The frequency domain resource length may be a frequency domain bandwidth, which is inversely proportional to the distance resolution. The frequency domain bandwidth of each signal is B≥c/(2ΔR), where c is the speed of light and ΔR is the distance resolution.
上述频域资源间隔表示相邻的信号频域资源单元间隔,可以用RE数或RB数表示,也可以用密度值(Density)表示,例如Density=1表示每个RB中有一个RE用于承载信号。所述频域资源间隔反比于最大无模糊距离/时延,其中,对于OFDM系统当子载波采用连续映射时频域间隔等于子载波间隔。The frequency domain resource spacing represents the spacing between adjacent signal frequency domain resource units and can be expressed as the number of REs or RBs, or as a density value (Density). For example, Density = 1 indicates that there is one RE in each RB used to carry the signal. The frequency domain resource spacing is inversely proportional to the maximum unambiguous distance/delay. For an OFDM system, when subcarriers are mapped continuously, the frequency domain spacing is equal to the subcarrier spacing.
上述时域起始位置可以为起始时间点,也可以是起始符号、时隙、帧索引。The above-mentioned time domain starting position can be a starting time point, or a starting symbol, time slot, or frame index.
上述时域资源长度可以是突发(burst)持续时间,时域资源长度反比于多普勒分辨率。The time domain resource length may be a burst duration, and the time domain resource length is inversely proportional to the Doppler resolution.
上述时域资源间隔可以是相邻的两个信号资源单元之间的时间间隔,时域资源间隔与最大无模糊多普勒频移或最大无模糊速度关联。The time domain resource interval may be a time interval between two adjacent signal resource units, and the time domain resource interval is associated with a maximum unambiguous Doppler frequency shift or a maximum unambiguous speed.
时域突发(burst)信息可以包括时域burst资源间隔或时域burst发送周期,且时域burst资源间隔或时域burst发送周期与感知结果刷新频率关联。The time domain burst information may include a time domain burst resource interval or a time domain burst transmission period, and the time domain burst resource interval or the time domain burst transmission period is associated with a perception result refresh frequency.
上述时域资源特性可以是周期性发送、半持续性发送或非周期性发送。The above-mentioned time domain resource characteristics may be periodic transmission, semi-persistent transmission or aperiodic transmission.
上述信号功率可以是间隔功率取值,例如:从-20dBm到23dBm每隔2dBm取一个值。The above signal power may be an interval power value, for example, a value is taken every 2dBm from -20dBm to 23dBm.
上述序列信息可以包括序列类型信息(如ZC序列、PN序列等)、序列生成方式或序列长度等。The above sequence information may include sequence type information (such as ZC sequence, PN sequence, etc.), sequence generation method or sequence length, etc.
上述信号方向可以是信号发送的角度信息或波束信息。The above-mentioned signal direction may be angle information or beam information of signal transmission.
上述QCL关系可以表示上述信号包括多个资源,每个资源与一个同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)QCL,QCL包括类型A,类型B,类型C或者类型D。The above QCL relationship can indicate that the above signal includes multiple resources, each resource is associated with a synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) QCL, and the QCL includes type A, type B, type C or type D.
上述循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)信息可以包括CP类型或CP长度等,其中,CP类型可以包括常规循环前缀(Normal Cyclic Prefix,NCP)、扩展循环前缀(Extended Cyclic Prefix,ECP)或者新设计的感知测量专用CP等。The above-mentioned cyclic prefix (CP) information may include CP type or CP length, wherein the CP type may include normal cyclic prefix (NCP), extended cyclic prefix (ECP) or a newly designed CP dedicated to perception measurement, etc.
通过上述信号配置信息可以使得第一设备能够进行更加精准的测量。The above signal configuration information can enable the first device to perform more accurate measurements.
上述测量配置信息用于配置测量的相关配置,例如:测量配置信息可以包括如下至少一项:The measurement configuration information is used to configure measurement-related configurations. For example, the measurement configuration information may include at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
上述测量的资源指示信息用于指示测量使用的资源,该资源可以是空口资源、设备资源等,如上述测量的资源指示信息可以包括信号资源标识、信号端口索引、信号资源组标识、端口组标识、波束标识、波束组标识中的至少一项,以指示使用信号资源标识、信号端口索引、信号资源组标识、端口组标识、波束标识、波束组标识中的至少一项进行测量。The resource indication information of the above-mentioned measurement is used to indicate the resources used for the measurement, which may be air interface resources, equipment resources, etc. For example, the resource indication information of the above-mentioned measurement may include at least one of the signal resource identifier, signal port index, signal resource group identifier, port group identifier, beam identifier, and beam group identifier to indicate the use of at least one of the signal resource identifier, signal port index, signal resource group identifier, port group identifier, beam identifier, and beam group identifier for measurement.
其中,上述发送资源可以包括信号发送资源、信号发送天线端口、信号发送波束,上述接收资源可以包括接收天线端口或接收波束。Among them, the above-mentioned sending resources may include signal sending resources, signal sending antenna ports, and signal sending beams, and the above-mentioned receiving resources may include receiving antenna ports or receiving beams.
上述发送资源关联的接收资源信息可以是发送资源关联的接收资源的标识,例如:不同信号资源组对应的接收天线端口索引或接收天线端口组标识,或者不同发送波束或发送波束组对应的接收波束或波束组标识。The receiving resource information associated with the above-mentioned sending resources can be the identifier of the receiving resource associated with the sending resources, for example: the receiving antenna port index or receiving antenna port group identifier corresponding to different signal resource groups, or the receiving beam or beam group identifier corresponding to different sending beams or sending beam groups.
通过上述发送资源关联的接收资源信息可以使得第一设备能够更加可靠地接收用于测量的信号,以提高测量性能。The receiving resource information associated with the sending resource may enable the first device to more reliably receive the signal for measurement, thereby improving measurement performance.
上述测量量信息可以指示通信测量量或感知测量量。其中,感知测量量可以是多个信号资源、多个发送天线端口、或多个波束、多个信号资源组、多个信号端口组或多个波束组关联到相同的测量量,也可以是不同信号资源、不同信号端口、不同波束、不同信号资源组、不同发送天线端口组或不同波束组分别指示其对应测量量。The measurement quantity information may indicate a communication measurement quantity or a perception measurement quantity. The perception measurement quantity may be associated with the same measurement quantity for multiple signal resources, multiple transmit antenna ports, or multiple beams, multiple signal resource groups, multiple signal port groups, or multiple beam groups, or may be associated with corresponding measurement quantities for different signal resources, different signal ports, different beams, different signal resource groups, different transmit antenna port groups, or different beam groups.
其中,上述感知测量量可以分为以下几种:The above-mentioned perceptual measurements can be divided into the following categories:
第一级测量量(又称作接收信号/原始信道信息),包括如下至少一项:The first-level measurement quantity (also known as the received signal/original channel information) includes at least one of the following:
接收信号/信道响应复数结果,幅度/相位,I路/Q路及其相关运算结果(运算包括加减乘除、矩阵加减乘、矩阵转置、三角关系运算、平方根运算和幂次运算等,以及上述运算结果的门限检测结果、最大/最小值提取结果等;其中,运算还包括快速傅里叶变换(Fast Fourier Transform,FFT)/快速傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform,IFFT)、离散傅里叶变换(Discrete Fourier Transform,DFT)/离散傅里叶逆变换(Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform,IDFT)、2D-FFT、3D-FFT、匹配滤波、自相关运算、小波变换和数字滤波等,以及上述运算结果的门限检测结果、最大/最小值提取结果等;Received signal/channel response complex results, amplitude/phase, I-channel/Q-channel and related operation results (operations including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, matrix addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, matrix transposition, trigonometric operations, square root operations, and power operations, as well as threshold detection results and maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results; operations also including Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)/Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT), Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)/Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT), 2D-FFT, 3D-FFT, matched filtering, autocorrelation operation, wavelet transform, and digital filtering, as well as threshold detection results and maximum/minimum value extraction results of the above operation results);
第二级测量量(又称作基本测量量),包括如下至少一项:时延、多普勒、角度、强度,及其多维组合表示;The second-level measurement quantity (also called basic measurement quantity) includes at least one of the following: time delay, Doppler, angle, intensity, and their multi-dimensional combination representation;
第三级测量量(又称作基本属性/状态),包括如下至少一项:距离、速度、朝向、空间位置、加速度;The third level of measurement (also known as basic attributes/states) includes at least one of the following: distance, speed, direction, spatial position, acceleration;
第四级测量量(又称作进阶属性/状态),包括如下至少一项:目标是否存在、轨迹、动作、表情、生命体征、数量、成像结果、天气、空气质量、形状、材质、成分。The fourth level of measurement (also known as advanced attributes/states) includes at least one of the following: target presence, trajectory, movement, expression, vital signs, quantity, imaging results, weather, air quality, shape, material, and composition.
通过上述测量量信息可以使得第一设备能够进行更加精准的测量。The above measurement information can enable the first device to perform more accurate measurements.
上述上报配置信息可以指示第一设备测量结果上报的准则,例如:包括上报的时频域资源配置、上报周期、上报的触发事件中的至少一项。The above-mentioned reporting configuration information may indicate a criterion for reporting the measurement result of the first device, for example, including at least one of the reported time-frequency domain resource configuration, the reporting period, and the reported triggering event.
其中,所述触发事件包括以下至少一项:The triggering event includes at least one of the following:
进入特定区域(例如小区)的事件;Events of entering a specific area (e.g., a neighborhood);
到达特定时间的事件;Events arriving at a specific time;
某类测量信号达到一定阈值的事件;An event where a certain type of measurement signal reaches a certain threshold;
设备从先前位置移动超过一些预定义的(直线)距离的事件;Events where the device moves more than some predefined (linear) distance from its previous position;
设备朝向改变超过一些预定义的角度的事件,其中,设备朝向可以是设备的天线、屏幕等器件的朝向;Events where the device orientation changes by more than some predefined angles, where the device orientation can be the orientation of the device's antenna, screen, etc.
设备的运动速度超过一些预定义的速度阈值的事件;Events where the device's movement speed exceeds some predefined speed threshold;
设备传感器测量得到的环境信息变化(例如温度/湿度/光照强度)超过一定范围的事件。An event in which changes in environmental information (such as temperature, humidity, or light intensity) measured by device sensors exceed a certain range.
通过上述上报配置信息可以使得第一设备能够进行更加可靠的上报。The above-mentioned reporting configuration information can enable the first device to perform more reliable reporting.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,上述第一信息包括的内容可以通过一个或者多个信令发送。It should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present application, the content included in the above-mentioned first information can be sent through one or more signalings.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:As an optional implementation manner, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
其中,上述第一信息与上述至少一项关联可以理解为上述第一信息包括的全部或者部分内容是基于上述至少一项确定的。由于基于感知需求信息确定上述第一信息中的全部或者部分内容,这样可以使得第一设备进行的测量与感知需求更加匹配,以提高测量性能。而基于第一设备的能力信息确定上述第一信息中的全部或者部分内容,这样可以使得第一设备进行的测量与第一设备的能力更加匹配,以提高测量性能。The association of the first information with the at least one item can be understood as meaning that all or part of the content included in the first information is determined based on the at least one item. Determining all or part of the first information based on the perception requirement information can better match the measurements performed by the first device with the perception requirement, thereby improving measurement performance. Determining all or part of the first information based on the capability information of the first device can better match the measurements performed by the first device with the capabilities of the first device, thereby improving measurement performance.
其中,上述感知需求信息包括以下至少一项:The above-mentioned perceived demand information includes at least one of the following:
感知业务或感知业务类型,其中,感知业务或感知业务类型参见上述实施方式的相应说明,此处不作赘述;Perceiving services or perceiving service types, wherein the perceiving services or perceiving service types refer to the corresponding descriptions of the above embodiments and are not described in detail here;
感知目标区域,感知目标区域可以是指感知对象可能存在位置区域,或者,需要进行成像或环境重构的位置区域;The perception target area may refer to a location area where the perception object may exist, or a location area where imaging or environmental reconstruction is required;
感知对象类型,感知对象类型可以是针对感知对象可能的运动特性对感知对象进行分类,每个感知对象类型中包含了典型感知对象的运动速度、运动加速度、典型RCS等信息;Perception object type: the perception object type can be used to classify the perception object according to its possible motion characteristics. Each perception object type contains information such as the motion speed, motion acceleration, and typical RCS of a typical perception object.
感知QoS,感知QoS可以是对感知目标区域或感知对象进行感知的性能指标,包括以下至少一项:Perception QoS, which can be a performance indicator for perceiving a target area or object, includes at least one of the following:
感知分辨率,可分为:测距分辨率、测角分辨率、测速分辨率、成像分辨率等;Perception resolution, which can be divided into: ranging resolution, angle resolution, velocity resolution, imaging resolution, etc.;
感知精度,可分为:测距精度、测角精度、测速精度、定位精度等;Perception accuracy can be divided into: ranging accuracy, angle measurement accuracy, speed measurement accuracy, positioning accuracy, etc.
感知范围,可分为:测距范围、测速范围、测角范围、成像范围等;Perception range, which can be divided into: ranging range, speed measurement range, angle measurement range, imaging range, etc.;
感知时延,感知时延可以是从感知信号发送到获得感知结果的时间间隔,或,从感知需求发起到获取感知结果的时间间隔;Perception delay: Perception delay can be the time interval from the sending of the perception signal to the acquisition of the perception result, or the time interval from the initiation of the perception demand to the acquisition of the perception result;
感知更新速率,如相邻两次执行感知并获得感知结果的时间间隔;Perception update rate, such as the time interval between two consecutive perception executions and the acquisition of perception results;
检测概率,如在感知对象存在的情况下被正确检测出来的概率;Detection probability, such as the probability of correctly detecting the perceived object when it is present;
虚警概率,如在感知对象不存在的情况下错误检测出感知目标的概率;False alarm probability, i.e. the probability of incorrectly detecting a perceived target when the perceived target does not exist;
可感知的最大目标个数。The maximum number of targets that can be perceived.
上述第一设备的能力信息可以包括如下至少一项:The capability information of the first device may include at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息,例如:接收天线端口个数、索引等;Receive antenna port information, such as the number and index of receive antenna ports;
波束信息,例如:支持的波束个数、方向、波束宽度等;Beam information, such as the number of supported beams, direction, beam width, etc.
天线信息,天线信息可以包括天线面板或阵列信息,例如不同面板或阵列的天线个数、孔径大小等。Antenna information: Antenna information may include antenna panel or array information, such as the number of antennas and aperture size on different panels or arrays.
其中,上述第一设备的能力信息可以是第一设备向第二设备提供的,例如:所述方法还包括:The capability information of the first device may be provided by the first device to the second device. For example, the method further includes:
所述第一设备向第二设备发送所述能力信息,所述第一信息为所述第二设备发送的信息。The first device sends the capability information to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
在一些实施方式中,上述第一设备的能力信息也可以是第二设备通过其他设备获取的。In some implementations, the capability information of the first device may also be obtained by the second device through other devices.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:As an optional implementation manner, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述目标参数估计结果可以包括以下至少一项:时延、多普勒、角度、距离、速度、位置坐标。The target parameter estimation result may include at least one of the following: time delay, Doppler, angle, distance, speed, and position coordinates.
谱信息可以包括如下至少一项:时延谱、距离谱、多普勒谱、速度谱、角度(包括方位角和/或俯仰角)谱中的至少一项,或者谱信息可以包括如下至少一项:The spectrum information may include at least one of the following: at least one of a delay spectrum, a range spectrum, a Doppler spectrum, a velocity spectrum, and an angle (including an azimuth angle and/or a pitch angle) spectrum; or the spectrum information may include at least one of the following:
时延/距离、多普勒/速度、角度中至少两项的联合谱信息,如时延-多普勒谱,或者时延-多普勒-角度谱。Joint spectrum information of at least two of delay/distance, Doppler/speed, and angle, such as delay-Doppler spectrum or delay-Doppler-angle spectrum.
上述谱信息可以是指复数结果,例如:时延-多普勒谱指的是2维谱中的时延、多普勒索引以及对应的复数值;上述谱信息也可以是指功率谱,例如:时延-多普勒谱指的是2维谱中的时延、多普勒索引以及对应的功率值。The above-mentioned spectrum information may refer to a complex result, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum refers to the delay, Doppler index and corresponding complex value in the two-dimensional spectrum; the above-mentioned spectrum information may also refer to a power spectrum, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum refers to the delay, Doppler index and corresponding power value in the two-dimensional spectrum.
此外,上述谱信息可以是根据信道信息计算得到的完整谱信息,也可以是完整谱信息的子集,例如时延-多普勒谱中特定时延或多普勒范围对应的谱信息子集。In addition, the above spectrum information can be complete spectrum information calculated based on channel information, or it can be a subset of the complete spectrum information, such as a subset of spectrum information corresponding to a specific delay or Doppler range in the delay-Doppler spectrum.
而且上述谱信息还可以是不同信号资源或端口或波束对应的谱信息的非相干合并结果。Furthermore, the above spectrum information may also be the result of incoherent combination of spectrum information corresponding to different signal resources or ports or beams.
在上述一种可选的实施方式可以提供多种测量结果,以提高测量性能。In the above optional implementation, multiple measurement results may be provided to improve measurement performance.
在一些实施方式中,上述测量结果还可以包括感知测量量的测量结果。In some embodiments, the above measurement results may also include measurement results of perceptual measurement quantities.
在一些实施方式中,上述感知性能指标可以包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the aforementioned perceptual performance indicator may include at least one of the following:
接收功率相关的感知指标;Perception indicators related to received power;
干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标;Perceptual metrics related to interference or noise power;
与接收功率相关,以及还与干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标。A perceptual metric related to received power, and also to interference or noise power.
上述接收功率相关的感知指标可以包括:第一指标,所述第一指标用于指示感知目标关联径的接收功率。The above-mentioned perception indicators related to the received power may include: a first indicator, which is used to indicate the received power of the perception target association path.
在一些实施方式中,上述第一指标可以是对第一信号测量得到的信道响应中与感知目标关联的径的接收功率在承载第一信号的资源单元上的线性平均值(单位为W),该资源单元是时域或频域资源单元,这样通过线性平均值可以使得接收功率更加准确、可靠。需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定接收功率为线性平均值,例如:在一些实施方式中,也可以是取中位数接收功率、最低接收功率或最高接收功率。In some embodiments, the first indicator may be a linear average (in W) of the received power of the path associated with the perception target in the channel response obtained by measuring the first signal on the resource unit carrying the first signal, where the resource unit is a time domain or frequency domain resource unit. In this way, the received power can be made more accurate and reliable by the linear average. It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the received power to a linear average. For example, in some embodiments, the median received power, the minimum received power, or the maximum received power may also be taken.
其中,上述第一信号即第一设备进行测量的信号,如用于感知业务的专用信号,或通信信号如参考信号,同步信号等。The above-mentioned first signal is a signal measured by the first device, such as a dedicated signal for sensing services, or a communication signal such as a reference signal, a synchronization signal, etc.
上述干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标包括如下至少一项:The aforementioned perceptual indicators related to interference or noise power include at least one of the following:
第二指标,所述第二指标为第一线性平均值和第二线性平均值之和,所述第一线性平均值为目标资源上第一信号的信道响应中除感知目标关联的径之外的其他径的功率的线性平均值,所述第二线性平均值为第一资源上来自所述第一信号之外的其他信号的干扰或噪声功率的线性平均值;或者,所述第二指标等于总接收功率与上述第一指标的差值,所述总接收功率为所述第一设备在目标资源上的总接收功率;a second indicator, where the second indicator is the sum of a first linear average and a second linear average, where the first linear average is the linear average of the powers of paths other than the path associated with the sensing target in the channel response of the first signal on the target resource, and the second linear average is the linear average of the interference or noise power from signals other than the first signal on the first resource; or, the second indicator is equal to the difference between the total received power and the first indicator, where the total received power is the total received power of the first device on the target resource;
第三指标,所述第三指标为第二资源上来自第一信号以外的其他信号的干扰或噪声功率的线性平均值,或者,所述第三指标等于总接收功率与所述第一信号的接收功率的差值,所述总接收功率为所述第一设备在目标资源上的总接收功率;a third indicator, where the third indicator is a linear average of interference or noise power from signals other than the first signal on the second resource, or the third indicator is equal to a difference between a total received power and a received power of the first signal, where the total received power is a total received power of the first device on the target resource;
第四指标,所述第四指标为目标资源上所述第一信号的信道响应中除感知目标关联的径之外的其他径的功率的线性平均值;或者,所述第四指标等于所述第一信号的接收功率与上述第一指标的差值;a fourth indicator, the fourth indicator being a linear average of the powers of paths other than the path associated with the sensing target in the channel response of the first signal on the target resource; or, the fourth indicator being equal to the difference between the received power of the first signal and the first indicator;
其中,所述第一指标用于指示所述第一信号的与感知目标关联的径的接收功率,所述目标资源为所述第一信号的传输资源,所述第一资源包括所述目标资源或除所述目标资源外的至少一个资源,所述第二资源包括所述目标资源或除目标资源外的至少一个资源。Among them, the first indicator is used to indicate the receiving power of the path associated with the perception target of the first signal, the target resource is the transmission resource of the first signal, the first resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource, and the second resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource.
上述其他径可以是第一信号中除上述感知目标关联的径的全部或者部分径。The above-mentioned other paths may be all or part of the paths in the first signal except the path associated with the above-mentioned perception target.
上述第一信号之外的其他信号可以是指在第一资源上第一设备检测到除第一信号之外的全部或者部分信号。The other signals other than the above-mentioned first signal may refer to all or part of the signals other than the first signal detected by the first device on the first resource.
上述第一资源包括所述目标资源或除所述目标资源外的至少一个资源是指第一资源包括如下至少一项:The first resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource, which means that the first resource includes at least one of the following:
目标资源、除所述目标资源外的至少一个资源。a target resource, and at least one resource other than the target resource.
上述第二资源包括所述目标资源或除所述目标资源外的至少一个资源是指第二资源包括如下至少一项:The second resource includes the target resource or at least one resource other than the target resource, which means that the second resource includes at least one of the following:
目标资源、除所述目标资源外的至少一个资源。a target resource, and at least one resource other than the target resource.
其中,上述除目标资源外的至少一个资源可以是指第一设备需要检测或接收信号的资源中除目标资源之外的至少一个资源,如高层信令配置的资源或第一设备预先确定需要检测或接收信号的资源。Among them, the above-mentioned at least one resource other than the target resource may refer to at least one resource other than the target resource among the resources that the first device needs to detect or receive signals, such as resources configured by high-level signaling or resources that the first device predetermines need to detect or receive signals.
上述干扰或噪声功率包括干扰功率和噪声功率之和、干扰功率或者噪声功率。The above-mentioned interference or noise power includes the sum of interference power and noise power, interference power or noise power.
上述第一设备在所述目标资源上的总接收功率可以包括在目标资源上服务小区和非服务小区的信号的接收功率、邻信道干扰功率和热噪声功率等。且上述总接收功率也可以是第一设备在所述目标资源上的总接收功率的线性平均值(单位为W)。The total received power of the first device on the target resource may include the received power of signals of the serving cell and the non-serving cell on the target resource, adjacent channel interference power, and thermal noise power. The total received power may also be a linear average (in W) of the total received power of the first device on the target resource.
上述第一设备在所述第一资源上的接收信号强度指示(Received Signal Strength Indication,RSSI)对应的功率可以是总接收功率=RSSI*K1,K1是系数,K1具体可以是协议约定或者网络侧配置。在一些实施方式中,上述RSSI对应的功率也可以是RSSI,即总接收功率=RSSI。The power corresponding to the received signal strength indication (RSSI) of the first device on the first resource may be total received power = RSSI * K1, where K1 is a coefficient and may be determined by protocol agreement or network configuration. In some embodiments, the power corresponding to the RSSI may also be RSSI, i.e., total received power = RSSI.
上述第一信号的接收功率是指第一信号的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)。The above-mentioned received power of the first signal refers to the reference signal received power (RSRP) of the first signal.
上述第二指标等于总接收功率与所述第一指标的差值可以表示为第二指标=总接收功率-第一指标。The above-mentioned second indicator is equal to the difference between the total received power and the first indicator, which can be expressed as second indicator = total received power - first indicator.
上述第三指标等于总接收功率与所述第一信号的接收功率的差值可以表示为第三指标=总接收功率-第一信号接收功率。The third indicator equal to the difference between the total received power and the received power of the first signal can be expressed as third indicator = total received power - first signal received power.
上述第四指标等于所述第一信号的接收功率与所述第一指标的差值可以表示为第四指标=第一信号的接收功率-第一指标。The fourth indicator equal to the difference between the received power of the first signal and the first indicator can be expressed as fourth indicator=received power of the first signal-first indicator.
上述实施方式中,通过上述第二指标可以使得在确定测量切换时考虑除感知目标关联的径之外的其他径和第一信号之外的其他信号的干扰或噪声,这样可以使得测量切换更加可靠。In the above embodiment, the second indicator can be used to consider interference or noise of paths other than the path associated with the perception target and signals other than the first signal when determining measurement switching, which can make measurement switching more reliable.
上述实施方式中,通过上述第三指标可以使得在确定测量切换时考虑第一信号之外的其他信号的干扰或噪声,这样可以使得测量切换更加可靠。In the above implementation, the third indicator can be used to consider interference or noise of other signals besides the first signal when determining measurement switching, which can make the measurement switching more reliable.
上述实施方式中,通过上述第四指标可以使得在确定测量切换时考虑除感知目标关联的径之外的其他径的功率,这样可以使得测量切换更加可靠。In the above implementation, the fourth indicator can be used to consider the power of other paths except the path associated with the sensing target when determining the measurement switching, which can make the measurement switching more reliable.
上述与接收功率相关,以及还与干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标是指,该感知指标既与接收功率相关,又与干扰或噪声功率相关。The above-mentioned perception indicator related to the received power and also related to the interference or noise power means that the perception indicator is related to both the received power and the interference or noise power.
在一些实施方式中,上述与接收功率相关,以及还与干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标包括如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the perception indicator related to received power and also related to interference or noise power includes at least one of the following:
第五指标,所述第五指标等于上述第一指标除以所述第二指标得到的商;a fifth index, the fifth index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the second index;
第六指标,所述第六指标等于上述第一指标除以所述第三指标得到的商;a sixth index, the sixth index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the third index;
第七指标,所述第七指标等于上述第一指标除以所述第四指标得到的商;a seventh index, the seventh index being equal to a quotient obtained by dividing the first index by the fourth index;
第八指标,所述第八指标等于上述第一指标除以总接收功率得到的商与目标系数的乘积;an eighth indicator, the eighth indicator being equal to the product of a quotient obtained by dividing the first indicator by the total received power and a target coefficient;
其中,所述总接收功率为所述第一设备在所述目标资源上的总接收功率。The total received power is the total received power of the first device on the target resource.
其中,上述第一指标、第二指标、第三指标和第四指标参见上述实施方式,此处不作赘述。需要说明的是,在包括上述第五指标、第六指标、第七指标和第八指标中至少一项指标的情况下,本申请实施例中的感知相关的指标可以包括或者不包括上述第一指标、第二指标、第三指标和第四指标。The first, second, third, and fourth indicators mentioned above refer to the above-mentioned embodiments and are not described in detail here. It should be noted that, when at least one of the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth indicators is included, the perception-related indicators in the embodiments of the present application may include or exclude the first, second, third, and fourth indicators.
上述目标系数可以表示为K2,如第八指标=K2*第一指标/总接收功率,K2为系数,K2具体可以是协议约定或者网络侧配置。The above target coefficient can be expressed as K2, such as the eighth indicator = K2*first indicator/total received power, K2 is a coefficient, and K2 can be specifically agreed upon in the protocol or configured on the network side.
该实施方式中,通过上述第五指标、第六指标、第七指标或第八指标,可以实现在确定测量切换时考虑到接收功率以及干扰或噪声,以使得测量切换更加可靠。In this implementation, by using the fifth indicator, the sixth indicator, the seventh indicator or the eighth indicator, it is possible to take the received power and the interference or noise into consideration when determining the measurement switching, so that the measurement switching is more reliable.
在一些实施方式中,上述与接收功率相关,以及还与干扰或噪声功率相关的感知指标还可以是包括如下至少一项:In some implementations, the aforementioned perception indicator related to received power and also related to interference or noise power may further include at least one of the following:
感知SINR相关的指标、感知SNR相关的指标、感知信号干扰比(Signal Interference Ratio,SIR)相关的指标、感知RSRQ相关的指标。Indicators related to perceived SINR, indicators related to perceived SNR, indicators related to perceived signal-to-interference ratio (SIR), and indicators related to perceived RSRQ.
在一些实施方式中,与感知目标关联的径满足如下至少一项:In some embodiments, the path associated with the sensory target satisfies at least one of the following:
参数满足第一预设门限,或者,参数处于第一预设区间范围;The parameter meets the first preset threshold, or the parameter is within the first preset range;
参数满足预设调制规则;The parameters meet the preset modulation rules;
与首达径的参数差满足第二预设门限,或者,与首达径的参数差处于第二预设区间范围;The parameter difference with the first arrival path meets the second preset threshold, or the parameter difference with the first arrival path is within a second preset range;
与参考径的参数差满足第三预设门限,或者,与参考径的参数差处于第三预设区间范围。The parameter difference with the reference path meets a third preset threshold, or the parameter difference with the reference path is within a third preset interval.
其中,上述参数可以包括如下至少一项:The above parameters may include at least one of the following:
幅度、功率、强度、能量、相位、多普勒、时延、角度;Amplitude, power, intensity, energy, phase, Doppler, delay, angle;
上述参数差可以包括如下至少一项:The above parameter difference may include at least one of the following:
幅度差、功率差、强度差、能量差、相位差、多普勒差、时延差、角度差。Amplitude difference, power difference, intensity difference, energy difference, phase difference, Doppler difference, delay difference, and angle difference.
第一预设门限、第一预设区间范围、第二预设门限、第二预设区间范围、第三预设门限、第三预设区间范围可以是协议约定或者网络侧配置的,或者,这些预设门限或预设区间范围是接收设备根据感知先验信息或感知需求确定的。上述参数满足第一预设门限可以是参数超过或者等于第一预设门限,上述与首达径的参数差满足第二预设门限可以是与首达径的参数差超过或者等于第二预设门限,上述与参考径的参数差满足第三预设门限可以是与参考径的参数差超过或者等于第三预设门限。The first preset threshold, the first preset interval range, the second preset threshold, the second preset interval range, the third preset threshold, and the third preset interval range may be agreed upon by the protocol or configured on the network side, or these preset thresholds or preset interval ranges are determined by the receiving device based on prior perception information or perception requirements. The above-mentioned parameter satisfying the first preset threshold may mean that the parameter exceeds or is equal to the first preset threshold, the above-mentioned parameter difference with the first-reaching path satisfies the second preset threshold may mean that the parameter difference with the first-reaching path exceeds or is equal to the second preset threshold, and the above-mentioned parameter difference with the reference path satisfies the third preset threshold may mean that the parameter difference with the reference path exceeds or is equal to the third preset threshold.
例如:感知业务为动目标检测,则需要检测多普勒大于零的径作为感知目标关联的径;或者对于交通场景感知目标为车,默认车速为40km/h~120km/h,则检测对应的速度范围内(多普勒范围内)的径作为感知目标关联的径;或者感知目标区域与感知信号收发设备的距离需要满足特定要求,则检测对应时延范围内的径作为感知目标关联的径;又或者如果感知业务是呼吸监测,则可以根据人的性别、年龄来判断对应的正常呼吸频率(例如,15~30次/分钟,可以作为感知先验信息,对应可以计算出多普勒范围,0.25~0.5Hz)。For example: if the perception service is moving target detection, it is necessary to detect the path with Doppler greater than zero as the path associated with the perception target; or for the traffic scene perception target is a car, the default vehicle speed is 40km/h to 120km/h, then the path within the corresponding speed range (Doppler range) is detected as the path associated with the perception target; or the distance between the perception target area and the perception signal transceiver needs to meet specific requirements, then the path within the corresponding time delay range is detected as the path associated with the perception target; or if the perception service is respiratory monitoring, the corresponding normal respiratory rate can be judged according to the person's gender and age (for example, 15 to 30 times/minute can be used as perception prior information, and the corresponding Doppler range can be calculated, 0.25 to 0.5Hz).
上述首达径可以是视距(Line-of-Sight,LOS)径,具体为第一信号中最先到达接收端的径。上述参考径可以是经过已知目标反射的径,如经过智能超表面(Reconfigurable Intelligence Surface,RIS)、反向散射(Backscatter)或其他已知的无源目标等反射的径。The first arrival path can be a line-of-sight (LOS) path, specifically, the path of the first signal that first reaches the receiver. The reference path can be a path reflected by a known target, such as a reconfigurable intelligence surface (RIS), backscatter, or other known passive targets.
上述预设调制规则可以是协议约定或者网络侧配置的。特定调制规则为标签(Tag)或Backscatter设备或RIS的调制规则,即感知目标关联的径可以是经过Tag或Backscatter设备或RIS调制并反射的径。The preset modulation rule may be a protocol agreement or a network configuration. The specific modulation rule is a modulation rule of a tag or backscatter device or RIS, that is, the path associated with the sensing target may be a path modulated and reflected by the tag or backscatter device or RIS.
在上述一种可选的实施方式中可以实现通过多种方式确定感知目标关联的径,既可以提高确定感知目标关联的径的灵活性,又可以基于多种方式共同确定以提高确定感知目标关联的径的准确性。In one of the above optional implementations, the path associated with the perceived target can be determined in multiple ways, which can not only improve the flexibility of determining the path associated with the perceived target, but also improve the accuracy of determining the path associated with the perceived target based on multiple ways.
在一些实施方式中,在确定感知目标关联的径之前,还可以确定径集合,该径集合包括幅度、功率、强度或能量超过一定门限的径,如图7所示,径集合包括径0,1,2和3。再在径集合中基于上述至少一项确定感知目标关联的径,以降低计算量。In some implementations, before determining the path associated with the perceived target, a path set may be determined. The path set includes path(s) whose amplitude, power, intensity, or energy exceeds a certain threshold. As shown in FIG7 , the path set includes paths 0, 1, 2, and 3. The path associated with the perceived target is then determined based on at least one of the above items in the path set to reduce computational complexity.
下面通过一个实施例对本申请实施例的指标计算进行举例说明,需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对各指标的计算不限定,下面实施例仅是一个举例说明。The following example illustrates the calculation of indicators in the embodiment of the present application through an example. It should be noted that the calculation of each indicator in the embodiment of the present application is not limited, and the following example is only an example.
第一指标的计算方式1如下:The calculation method 1 of the first indicator is as follows:
第一设备(如终端)基于发送的第一信号X(k)和第一信号对应的接收信号Y(k)进行信道估计得到信道响应(Channel Response)H(k)=Y(k)/X(k),其中k=0,1,2,…,K-1表示资源单元索引,K为资源单元个数。第一设备获取信道响应H(k)后,将其变换到第一维度,在第一维度中确定感知目标关联的径。然后计算感知目标关联的径的功率作为第一指标,若感知目标关联的径包括多条径,则计算多条径的功率之和作为第一指标。The first device (such as a terminal) performs channel estimation based on the transmitted first signal X(k) and the received signal Y(k) corresponding to the first signal to obtain a channel response (Channel Response) H(k) = Y(k)/X(k), where k = 0, 1, 2, ..., K-1 represents the resource unit index, and K is the number of resource units. After obtaining the channel response H(k), the first device transforms it into a first dimension and determines the path associated with the perception target in the first dimension. The power of the path associated with the perception target is then calculated as a first indicator. If the path associated with the perception target includes multiple paths, the sum of the powers of the multiple paths is calculated as the first indicator.
其中,所述第一维度包括以下之一:The first dimension includes one of the following:
时延维;Delay dimension;
多普勒维;Doplevi;
方位角维;Azimuth dimension;
俯仰角维;Pitch angle dimension;
时延维、多普勒维、方位角维和俯仰角维中至少两项联合的维度。例如,时延-多普勒维,时延-多普勒-角度维度等;A dimension that combines at least two of the following: delay, Doppler, azimuth, and elevation dimensions. For example, delay-Doppler, delay-Doppler-angle, etc.
例如,H(f)为信道响应,其中f=0,1,2,…,N-1表示频域采样点(例如子载波索引),则通过对H(f)进行逆傅里叶变换可以将其变换到时延维度(第一维度);又例如,H(f,t)为信道响应,其中f=0,1,2,…,N-1表示频域采样点(例如子载波索引),t=0,1,2,…,M-1表示时域采样点(例如OFDM符号索引),则通过对H(f,t)进行沿频域维度的逆傅里叶变换和沿时域维度的傅里叶变换可以将其变换到时延-多普勒维度(第一维度);又例如,H(f,t,s)为信道响应,其中f=0,1,2,…,N-1表示频域采样点(例如子载波索引),t=0,1,2,…,M-1表示时域采样点(例如OFDM符号索引),s=0,1,2,…,P-1表示空域采样点(天线索引或端口索引),则通过对H(f,t,s)进行沿频域维度的逆傅里叶变换和沿时域维度的傅里叶变换和沿天线域维度的傅里叶变换可以将其变换到时延-多普勒-角度维度(第一维度)。For example, H(f) is the channel response, where f = 0, 1, 2, ..., N-1 represents the frequency domain sampling point (e.g., subcarrier index), and H(f) can be transformed into the delay dimension (first dimension) by performing an inverse Fourier transform on it. For another example, H(f, t) is the channel response, where f = 0, 1, 2, ..., N-1 represents the frequency domain sampling point (e.g., subcarrier index), and t = 0, 1, 2, ..., M-1 represents the time domain sampling point (e.g., OFDM symbol index), and H(f, t) can be transformed into the time domain dimension by performing an inverse Fourier transform along the frequency domain dimension and a Fourier transform along the time domain dimension. Delay-Doppler dimension (first dimension); for another example, H(f,t,s) is the channel response, where f=0,1,2,…,N-1 represents the frequency domain sampling point (e.g., subcarrier index), t=0,1,2,…,M-1 represents the time domain sampling point (e.g., OFDM symbol index), and s=0,1,2,…,P-1 represents the spatial domain sampling point (antenna index or port index). Then, H(f,t,s) can be transformed into the delay-Doppler-angle dimension (first dimension) by performing an inverse Fourier transform along the frequency domain dimension, a Fourier transform along the time domain dimension, and a Fourier transform along the antenna domain dimension.
对第一信号测量得到的信道响应中与感知目标关联的径(简称为感知径)的确定方法:Method for determining a path associated with a perception target (referred to as a perception path for short) in a channel response obtained by measuring the first signal:
确定径集合。径集合中的径包括信道响应变换到第一维度后,全部径中幅度、功率、强度或能量超过一定门限的径。例如图6中,径0,1,2,3为径集合的径;一定门限可以设置为高于噪声门限或者高于噪声干扰门限,或者协议约定。其中,这一步(确定径集合)是可选的,可以只根据下一步来确定与感知目标关联的径。Determine the path set. The path set includes all paths whose amplitude, power, intensity, or energy exceeds a certain threshold after the channel response is transformed into the first dimension. For example, in Figure 6, paths 0, 1, 2, and 3 are the path sets. The certain threshold can be set to be above the noise threshold, above the noise interference threshold, or as agreed upon in the protocol. This step (determining the path set) is optional; the next step can be used to determine the path associated with the perceived target.
所述径集合中或者从第一信号的所有径中选择满足第一条件的径,作为与感知目标关联的径。第一条件包括以下至少一项:A path that satisfies a first condition is selected from the path set or from all paths of the first signal as the path associated with the perception target. The first condition includes at least one of the following:
径的幅度、功率、强度或能量超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围,如预设门限为超过噪声门限的5倍;The amplitude, power, intensity or energy of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range, such as the preset threshold is 5 times the noise threshold;
径的多普勒超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The Doppler of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
径的时延超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The path delay exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
径的角度超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The angle of the path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
径与首达径(例如LOS径)或参考径的幅度/功率/强度/能量的差超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围,其中,参考径可以是经过已知目标(例如RIS/Backscatter/其他已知的无源目标等)反射的径;The difference between the amplitude/power/intensity/energy of the path and the first-reach path (e.g., LOS path) or the reference path exceeds a preset threshold or is within a preset range. The reference path may be a path reflected by a known target (e.g., RIS/Backscatter/other known passive targets, etc.);
径与首达径(例如LOS径)或参考径的多普勒差超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The Doppler difference between the path and the first arrival path (such as the LOS path) or the reference path exceeds a preset threshold or is within a preset range;
径与首达径(例如LOS径)或参考径的时延差超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The delay difference between the first arrival path (such as the LOS path) or the reference path exceeds the preset threshold or is within the preset range;
径与首达径(例如LOS径)或参考径的角度差超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围;The angle difference between the first arrival path (e.g., LOS path) or the reference path exceeds a preset threshold or is within a preset range;
径的幅度、功率、强度、能量或相位满足特定调制规则,特定调制规则为Tag/Backscatter设备或RIS的调制规则,即感知目标关联的径可以是经过Tag/Backscatter设备或RIS调制并反射的径。The amplitude, power, intensity, energy, or phase of the path satisfies a specific modulation rule. The specific modulation rule is the modulation rule of the tag/backscatter device or RIS. That is, the path associated with the perceived target may be a path modulated and reflected by the tag/backscatter device or RIS.
其中,上述各项第一条件还可以根据一段时间统计的结果;例如,在预设时间窗上述指标(例如径的多普勒,径的时延等)超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围的比例达到预设比例,或者是在预设时间窗上述指标(例如径的多普勒,径的时延等)超过预设门限或位于预设区间范围的次数达到预设次数;The above-mentioned first conditions may also be based on statistical results over a period of time; for example, the ratio of the above-mentioned indicators (such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.) exceeding a preset threshold or being within a preset range in a preset time window reaches a preset ratio, or the number of times the above-mentioned indicators (such as the Doppler of the path, the time delay of the path, etc.) exceed a preset threshold or are within a preset range in a preset time window reaches a preset number of times;
其中,预设门限或设定区间范围是其他设备发送给接收设备的,其他设备根据感知先验信息或感知需求确定的。或者,预设门限或预设区间范围可以是协议约定,或者预设门限或预设区间范围是接收设备根据感知先验信息或感知需求确定的。The preset threshold or preset interval is sent by another device to the receiving device and is determined by the other device based on prior perception information or perception requirements. Alternatively, the preset threshold or preset interval may be a protocol agreement, or the preset threshold or preset interval is determined by the receiving device based on prior perception information or perception requirements.
其中,感知先验信息或感知需求包括如下信息:The priori perception information or perception requirements include the following information:
感知业务或感知业务类型,所述感知业务可以是例如检测目标是否存在,定位,速度探测,距离探测、角度探测、加速度探测,材料分析,成分分析,形状检测,类别划分,雷达散射截面积RCS(Radar Cross Section,RCS)检测,极化散射特性检测,跌倒检测,入侵检测,数量统计,室内定位,手势识别,唇语识别,步态识别,表情识别,面部识别,呼吸监测,心率监测,脉搏监测,湿度/亮度/温度/大气压强监测,空气质量监测,天气情况监测,环境重构,地形地貌、建筑/植被分布检测,人流量或车流量检测,人群密度、车辆密度检测等;所述感知业务类型可以是按照一定特征把多个不同的感知业务进行分类,例如按照功能划分为检测类感知业务(例如包括入侵检测、跌倒检测)、参数估计类感知业务(距离、角度、速度计算)、识别类感知业务(动作识别、身份识别)等,还可以是按照感知的范围(近距离感知、中距离感知、远距离感知)划分,按照感知的精细程度划分(粗粒度感知、精细力度感知等),按照功耗/能耗划分,按照资源占用划分等。如果感知业务是呼吸监测,则可以根据人的性别、年龄来判断对应的正常呼吸频率(例如,男性:13~21次/分钟,女性15~20次/分钟;成人:12~20次/分钟,儿童:约30~40次/分钟),可以作为感知先验信息;Perception services or perception service types, the perception services may be, for example, detecting whether a target exists, positioning, speed detection, distance detection, angle detection, acceleration detection, material analysis, component analysis, shape detection, category classification, radar cross-section RCS (Radar Cross Section, RCS) detection, polarization scattering characteristic detection, fall detection, intrusion detection, number statistics, indoor positioning, gesture recognition, lip reading recognition, gait recognition, expression recognition, facial recognition, breathing monitoring, heart rate monitoring, pulse monitoring, humidity/brightness/temperature/atmospheric pressure monitoring, air quality monitoring, weather condition monitoring, environmental reconstruction, topography and geography. Appearance, building/vegetation distribution detection, pedestrian or vehicle flow detection, crowd density, vehicle density detection, etc.; the perception service type can be to classify multiple different perception services according to certain characteristics, such as classification according to function into detection-type perception services (such as intrusion detection, fall detection), parameter estimation-type perception services (distance, angle, speed calculation), recognition-type perception services (action recognition, identity recognition), etc., and can also be divided according to the range of perception (close-range perception, medium-range perception, long-range perception), according to the degree of perception refinement (coarse-grained perception, fine force perception, etc.), according to power consumption/energy consumption, according to resource occupancy, etc. If the perception service is respiratory monitoring, the corresponding normal respiratory rate can be determined according to the person's gender and age (for example, male: 13 to 21 times/minute, female 15 to 20 times/minute; adult: 12 to 20 times/minute, child: about 30 to 40 times/minute), which can be used as perception prior information;
感知目标区域:是指感知对象的位置区域,或者,需要进行成像或环境重构的位置区域;例如,根据感知对象的大概位置/距离确定感知目标关联的径的时延的预设区间范围;Perception target area: refers to the location area of the perception object, or the location area where imaging or environmental reconstruction is required; for example, the preset interval range of the time delay of the path associated with the perception target is determined based on the approximate location/distance of the perception object;
感知对象类型:针对感知对象可能的运动特性对感知对象进行分类,每个感知对象类型中包含了典型感知对象的运动速度范围、运动加速度范围、典型RCS范围等信息;Perception object type: Classifies the perception object according to its possible motion characteristics. Each perception object type contains information such as the typical perception object's motion speed range, motion acceleration range, and typical RCS range.
感知的目标个数;例如,摄像头感知结果作为一种感知先验信息,可以得到感知的目标个数。The number of perceived targets; for example, the camera perception result is used as a perception prior information to obtain the number of perceived targets.
例如图7中,径0,1,2,3为径集合中的径,其中径2,3为满足第一条件(例如其时延满足预设门限)的感知径,径0,1为其他散射体关联的径。For example, in FIG7 , paths 0, 1, 2, and 3 are paths in the path set, where paths 2 and 3 are perception paths that meet the first condition (eg, their delays meet a preset threshold), and paths 0 and 1 are paths associated with other scatterers.
其中图7中,信道响应在第一维度(时延维,多普勒维,方位角维,或俯仰角维)中的多径示意图,其中,横轴为第一维度,纵轴为归一化的幅度、功率、强度或能量。7 is a schematic diagram of multipath of the channel response in the first dimension (delay dimension, Doppler dimension, azimuth dimension, or elevation angle dimension), wherein the horizontal axis is the first dimension and the vertical axis is the normalized amplitude, power, intensity or energy.
对于频率范围(frequency range)1,第一指标的参考点(reference point)可以是接收设备如终端的天线连接器(antenna connector)。对于frequency range 1,如果接收设备有多个接收通道,则接收设备测量并上报的第一指标不能低于任意一个单接收通道的指标。对于frequency range 2,某个接收通道测得的第一指标需要对该接收通道对应的多个天线单元上的合并信号进行测量得到。For frequency range 1, the reference point for the first metric can be the antenna connector of a receiving device, such as a terminal. For frequency range 1, if the receiving device has multiple receive channels, the first metric measured and reported by the receiving device cannot be lower than the metric of any single receive channel. For frequency range 2, the first metric measured for a specific receive channel must be measured using the combined signals from the multiple antenna elements corresponding to that receive channel.
第一指标的计算方式2可以如下:The calculation method 2 of the first indicator can be as follows:
计算感知目标关联的径的接收功率时,还可以是第一维度中感知目标关联的径的功率与的差值作为第一指标,其中N1表示感知目标关联的径的个数。为第一维度中径集合之外的多条径的平均功率。When calculating the received power of the path associated with the sensing target, it can also be the power of the path associated with the sensing target in the first dimension and The difference between is taken as the first indicator, where N 1 represents the number of paths associated with the perceived target. is the average power of multiple paths outside the path set in the first dimension.
第一信号的接收功率的计算方式1可以如下:The calculation method 1 of the received power of the first signal may be as follows:
第一信号的接收功率可以是接收设备获得信道响应(Channel Response)H(k)后,将其变换到第一维度,在第一维度中确定径集合,然后计算所述径集合中的全部径的功率和。The received power of the first signal can be obtained by the receiving device obtaining the channel response (Channel Response) H(k), transforming it into the first dimension, determining the path set in the first dimension, and then calculating the power sum of all paths in the path set.
第一信号的接收功率的计算方式2可以如下:Method 2 for calculating the received power of the first signal may be as follows:
第一信号的接收功率还可以是第一维度中径集合中的全部径的功率和与的差值,其中N2表示径集合中的径的个数。The received power of the first signal can also be the sum of the powers of all the paths in the path set in the first dimension and , where N 2 represents the number of paths in the path set.
总接收功率Ptotal的计算方式:
The total received power P total is calculated as follows:
其中,Y(k)为第一信号对应的接收信号,k=0,1,2,…,K-1表示资源单元索引,K为资源单元个数。Wherein, Y(k) is the received signal corresponding to the first signal, k=0, 1, 2, ..., K-1 represents the resource unit index, and K is the number of resource units.
第二指标的计算方式可以如下:The second indicator can be calculated as follows:
将信道响应H(k)经过第一滤波处理得到Hfilter1(k),然后根据Hfilter1(k)和第一信号X(k)计算得到第一滤波处理后的接收信号Yfilter1(k),即Yfilter1(k)=Hfilter1(k)X(k)。然后将接收信号Y(k)减去第一滤波处理后的接收信号Yfilter1(k)从而得到干扰和噪声信号Yσ1(k),即Yσ1(k)=Y(k)-Yflter1(k),然后计算得到第二指标:
The channel response H(k) is subjected to a first filtering process to obtain H filter1 (k). Then, the received signal after the first filtering process, Y filter1 (k), is calculated based on H filter1 ( k) and the first signal X(k), i.e., Y filter1 (k) = H filter1 (k)X(k). The received signal after the first filtering process, Y filter1 (k), is then subtracted from the received signal Y(k) to obtain the interference and noise signal Y σ1 (k), i.e., Y σ1 (k) = Y(k) - Y flter1 (k). The second indicator is then calculated as:
其中,所述第一滤波处理用于消除第一维度上的噪声和干扰以及非感知目标关联的径,例如,第一滤波处理将图7中除感知目标关联的径以外的其他径的幅度、功率、强度或能量置零。经过第一滤波处理后的信道响应Hfilter1(k)中不包含噪声和干扰以及非感知目标关联的径,仅包含感知目标关联的径。The first filtering process is used to eliminate noise and interference in the first dimension, as well as paths associated with non-perceptual targets. For example, the first filtering process sets the amplitude, power, intensity, or energy of all paths other than the paths associated with perceptual targets in FIG7 to zero. The channel response H filter1 (k) after the first filtering process does not contain noise and interference or paths associated with non-perceptual targets, and only contains paths associated with perceptual targets.
第三指标的计算方式1可以如下:The calculation method 1 of the third indicator can be as follows:
将信道响应H(k)经过第二滤波处理得到Hfilter2(k),然后根据Hfilter2(k)和第一信号X(k)计算得到第二滤波处理后的接收信号Yfilter2(k),即Yflter2(k)=Hflter2(k)X(k)。然后将接收信号Y(k)减去第二滤波处理后的接收信号Yflter2(k)从而得到干扰和噪声信号Yσ2(k),即Yσ2(k)=Y(k)-Yfilter2(k),然后计算得到第三指标:
The channel response H(k) is subjected to a second filtering process to obtain H filter2 (k). Then, the received signal after the second filtering process, Y filter2 (k), is calculated based on H filter2 (k) and the first signal X(k), i.e., Y flter2 (k) = H flter2 (k)X(k). The received signal after the second filtering process, Y flter2 (k), is then subtracted from the received signal Y(k) to obtain the interference and noise signal Y σ2 (k), i.e., Y σ2 (k) = Y(k) - Y filter2 (k). The third indicator is then calculated:
上述第二滤波处理可以是第一维度上的噪声干扰抑制处理(例如图7中除径集合外的其他径的幅度、功率、强度或能量置零),或者最小均方误差(Minimum Mean Squared Error,MMSE)滤波。经过第二滤波处理后的信道响应Hfilter2(k)中不包含噪声和干扰,仅包含径集合中的径。The second filtering process can be noise and interference suppression in the first dimension (e.g., setting the amplitude, power, intensity, or energy of all paths other than the path set in FIG7 to zero) or minimum mean squared error (MMSE) filtering. The channel response H filter2 (k) after the second filtering process contains no noise and interference and only the path sets in the path set.
第三指标的计算方式2可以如下:The calculation method 2 of the third indicator can be as follows:
根据第一维度中径集合之外的多条径的平均功率计算得到第三指标Pσ2,即其中N表示第一维度采样点个数。According to the average power of multiple paths outside the path set in the first dimension The third index P σ2 is calculated, that is Where N represents the number of sampling points in the first dimension.
需要说明的是,如果接收设备判断出多个感知目标,或者接收设备根据感知先验信息或感知需求得到感知目标的数目,则有以下几种方法:It should be noted that if the receiving device determines that there are multiple sensing targets, or the receiving device obtains the number of sensing targets based on prior sensing information or sensing requirements, the following methods are available:
方法1:分别计算每个感知目标的感知相关的指标(也可以称作目标指标)。例如在图4中分别确定关联到每个感知目标的径,然后分别计算每个感知目标对应的各项感知相关的指标;此时计算某一感知目标(如感知目标A)对应的第二指标时,有两种方法:即:感知目标A的第二指标=总接收功率-感知目标A的第一指标;或者,感知目标A的第二指标=总接收功率-感知目标A的第一指标-感知目标B的第一指标;(假设一共有两个感知目标:A和B);类似地,第四指标的计算方式也有两种:感知目标A的第四指标=第一信号的RSRP-感知目标A的第一指标;或者,感知目标A的第四指标=第一信号的RSRP-感知目标A的第一指标-感知目标B的第一指标;(假设一共有两个感知目标:A和B)。Method 1: Calculate the perception-related indicators (also called target indicators) for each perception target separately. For example, in Figure 4, the path associated with each perception target is determined separately, and then the perception-related indicators corresponding to each perception target are calculated separately. At this time, when calculating the second indicator corresponding to a perception target (such as perception target A), there are two methods: the second indicator of perception target A = total received power - the first indicator of perception target A; or the second indicator of perception target A = total received power - the first indicator of perception target A - the first indicator of perception target B; (assuming there are two perception targets: A and B). Similarly, there are two ways to calculate the fourth indicator: the fourth indicator of perception target A = the RSRP of the first signal - the first indicator of perception target A; or the fourth indicator of perception target A = the RSRP of the first signal - the first indicator of perception target A - the first indicator of perception target B; (assuming there are two perception targets: A and B).
方法2:针对多个感知目标计算一个感知相关的指标。例如在图7中确定关联到任一感知目标的径,然后将这些径都确定为与感知目标关联的径;相当于将多个感知目标视为一个虚拟的感知目标,然后计算该虚拟的感知目标对应的感知相关的指标。Method 2: Calculate a perception-related index for multiple perception targets. For example, in Figure 7, determine the paths associated with any perception target, and then determine these paths as the paths associated with the perception target. This is equivalent to treating multiple perception targets as a virtual perception target and then calculating the perception-related index corresponding to the virtual perception target.
需要说明的是,上述计算方式仅是举例说明,本申请实施例对指标的具体计算方式不作限定。It should be noted that the above calculation method is only an example, and the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific calculation method of the indicator.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;所述第一设备发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:测量结果、性能指标。由于分组指示信息用于指示是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式中的至少一项,且发送分组指示信息对应的测量结果或性能指标,从而使得第一设备支持灵活的测量或上报,进而提高测量性能。In an embodiment of the present application, a first device obtains first information, the first information including group indication information, the group indication information being used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method; and the first device sends second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: a measurement result and a performance indicator. Because the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method, and because the measurement result or performance indicator corresponding to the group indication information is sent, the first device supports flexible measurement or reporting, thereby improving measurement performance.
请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种分组指示方法的流程图,如图8所示,包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG8 , which is a flowchart of a group indication method provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG8 , the method includes the following steps:
步骤801、第二设备向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。Step 801: The second device sends first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,所述方法还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the method further comprises at least one of the following:
所述第二设备获取所述感知需求信息;The second device obtains the perception demand information;
所述第二设备接收所述第一设备发送的所述能力信息。The second device receives the capability information sent by the first device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述第二设备接收第一设备发送的所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:The second device receives second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
需要说明的是,本实施例作为与图4所示的实施例中对应的第二设备的实施方式,其具体的实施方式可以参见图4所示的实施例的相关说明,以为避免重复说明,本实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that this embodiment is an implementation of the second device corresponding to the embodiment shown in Figure 4. Its specific implementation can refer to the relevant description of the embodiment shown in Figure 4. In order to avoid repeated description, this embodiment will not be repeated.
下面通过多个实施例对本申请实施例提供的方法进行举例说明:The following describes the method provided in the embodiments of the present application through multiple examples:
实施例一:Example 1:
本实施例主要描述基于发送信号资源或端口进行分组测量。This embodiment mainly describes performing group measurement based on signal transmission resources or ports.
在本实施例中,第一设备基于不同发送信号资源或不同发送信号端口进行测量和上报。不同发送信号资源或不同发送端口是采用不同发送波束发送的,即第一设备认为其关联的子信道是独立的,针对不同的发送信号资源或发端口进行独立测量并分别上报,即每个发送信号资源或发送端口作为一组进行测量和上报。In this embodiment, the first device performs measurements and reports based on different transmit signal resources or different transmit signal ports. Different transmit signal resources or different transmit ports are transmitted using different transmit beams. That is, the first device considers their associated subchannels to be independent and performs independent measurements and reports on different transmit signal resources or transmit ports. That is, each transmit signal resource or transmit port is measured and reported as a group.
例如,网络侧设备配置用于感知测量的第一信号支持4端口发送,记为{TxPort#0,TxPort#1,TxPort#2,TxPort#3},第一设备支持4个天线端口接收,记为{RxPort#0,RxPort#1,RxPort#2,RxPort#3}。For example, the network side device is configured to support 4-port transmission of the first signal for perception measurement, recorded as {TxPort#0, TxPort#1, TxPort#2, TxPort#3}, and the first device supports 4 antenna port reception, recorded as {RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3}.
对于每个第一信号端口,网络侧设备采用不同的发射波束覆盖不同感知区域,针对每个第一信号端口,第一设备的4个接收天线端口采用相同接收波束接收所述4端口第一信号。此时,若通过发送天线端口进行分组得到:Group0:{TxPort#0}、Group1:{TxPort#1}、Group2:{TxPort#2}、Group3:{TxPort#3};则第一设备可以认为得到如下发送-接收天线端口对分组:Group0:{TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1,TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3};Group1:{TxPort#1-RxPort#0,TxPort#1-RxPort#1,TxPort#1-RxPort#2,TxPort#1-RxPort#3};Group2:{TxPort#2-RxPort#0,TxPort#2-RxPort#1,TxPort#2-RxPort#2,TxPort#2-RxPort#3};Group3:{TxPort#3-RxPort#0,TxPort#3-RxPort#1,TxPort#3-RxPort#2,TxPort#3-RxPort#3}。即针对每个发送天线端口,接收端支持4个接收天线端口的接收信号联合处理和上报。For each first signal port, the network side device uses different transmission beams to cover different perception areas. For each first signal port, the four receiving antenna ports of the first device use the same receiving beam to receive the first signal of the four ports. At this time, if the grouping is performed by the transmitting antenna port: Group0: {TxPort#0}, Group1: {TxPort#1}, Group2: {TxPort#2}, Group3: {TxPort#3}; then the first device can be considered to have obtained the following transmitting-receiving antenna port pair grouping: Group0: {TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1, TxPort#0-RxPort#2, TxPort#0-RxPort#3}; Group1: {TxPort#1-RxPort#1} Group 2: {TxPort#2-RxPort#0,TxPort#2-RxPort#1,TxPort#1-RxPort#2,TxPort#1-RxPort#3}; Group 3: {TxPort#3-RxPort#0,TxPort#3-RxPort#1,TxPort#3-RxPort#2,TxPort#3-RxPort#3}. That is, for each transmit antenna port, the receiver supports joint processing and reporting of the received signals from four receive antenna ports.
其中,一种感知接收处理流程示例可以如图9所示。Among them, an example of a perception reception processing flow can be shown in Figure 9.
本实施例中由于各个接收天线端口采用相同的接收波束,因此,针对同一发送端口,不同接收端口最小二乘(Least—Square,LS)信道估计得到的子信道信息是相近的,例如Group0:{TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1,TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3}对应的接收数据进行信道估计以及杂波抑制处理后,通过二维FFT运算得到的各个子信道的时延-多普勒二维谱信息如图10所示。其中,图10中对应的是相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道时延-多普勒谱信息。In this embodiment, since each receiving antenna port uses the same receive beam, the sub-channel information obtained by least-squares (LS) channel estimation for different receiving ports on the same transmitting port is similar. For example, after performing channel estimation and clutter suppression on the received data corresponding to Group 0: {TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1, TxPort#0-RxPort#2, TxPort#0-RxPort#3}, the two-dimensional delay-Doppler spectrum information of each sub-channel obtained by two-dimensional FFT calculation is shown in Figure 10. Figure 10 corresponds to the delay-Doppler spectrum information of sub-channels on different receiving ports on the same transmitting port.
此时,相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道所检测出的目标信息是相近的,因此,可以针对上述相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道的时延-多普勒二维谱进行门限检测,例如恒虚警率(constant false alarm rate,CFAR)检测,得到4组检测结果,每组检测结果中包括多个目标的时延、多普勒信息。At this time, the target information detected by the same transmitting port and different receiving port sub-channels is similar. Therefore, threshold detection can be performed on the delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum of the above-mentioned same transmitting port and different receiving port sub-channels, such as constant false alarm rate (CFAR) detection, to obtain 4 groups of detection results, each group of detection results including the delay and Doppler information of multiple targets.
然后对4组检测结果取并集并进行聚类处理得到相同发送端口,不同接收端口的联合检测结果,确定检测到的目标个数以及对应的时延、多普勒信息。Then, the union of the four groups of detection results is taken and clustering is performed to obtain the joint detection results of the same sending port and different receiving ports, and the number of detected targets and the corresponding delay and Doppler information are determined.
另外,可以根据不同接收端口子信道时延-多普勒谱信息,以及联合检测结果中多个目标的时延、多普勒信息,可以进一步计算联合检测结果中多个目标的角度信息,即利用每个目标在各个接收天线端口(接收通道)上的对应时延-多普勒谱位置上的数据,通过空间谱估计等方法进行角度估计,进而得到目标角度信息。In addition, based on the delay-Doppler spectrum information of the subchannels of different receiving ports and the delay and Doppler information of multiple targets in the joint detection results, the angle information of multiple targets in the joint detection results can be further calculated. That is, the angle information of the target can be obtained by using the data of the corresponding delay-Doppler spectrum position of each target on each receiving antenna port (receiving channel) and performing angle estimation through methods such as spatial spectrum estimation.
以及可以根据所述目标的时延、角度信息还可以得到目标位置信息,或者目标距离发送设备或接收设备的距离信息,或者目标的相对速度信息。Furthermore, the target position information, or the distance information between the target and the transmitting device or the receiving device, or the relative speed information of the target can be obtained based on the time delay and angle information of the target.
另一种实现方式是,对各个接收天线端口的时延-多普勒二维谱进行非相干合并,即对各个时延-多普勒二维谱的复数数据取模方后求平均,如图11所示,图11表示各个接收天线端口时延-多普勒谱非相干合并。然后针对非相干合并后的结果进行门限检测,得到检测结果,包括目标个数以及对应的时延、多普勒信息。此时,感知性能指标可以是根据所述非相干合并后的时延-多普勒二维谱计算得到的。Another implementation method is to perform incoherent combining of the delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectra of each receive antenna port. Specifically, the complex data of each delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum is modulo-squared and averaged, as shown in Figure 11. Figure 11 shows the incoherent combining of the delay-Doppler spectra of each receive antenna port. Threshold detection is then performed on the result of the incoherent combination to obtain a detection result, including the number of targets and the corresponding delay and Doppler information. In this case, the perceptual performance indicator can be calculated based on the incoherently combined delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum.
其中,上述联合检测结果中的目标个数、以及目标的时延、多普勒、角度、位置、距离、速度信息、非相干合并后的时延-多普勒二维谱中的至少一项即为Group0的测量结果,同理可得Group1的测量结果。一种上报测量结果的格式可以是例如:Group0标识:{目标个数X,目标1位置坐标,目标2位置坐标,…},Group1标识:…。The joint detection result includes the target number, as well as at least one of the target's delay, Doppler, angle, position, distance, velocity, and incoherently combined delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum, representing the measurement result for Group 0. Similarly, the measurement result for Group 1 can be obtained. For example, a format for reporting measurement results could be: Group 0 identifier: {number of targets X, target 1 position coordinates, target 2 position coordinates, ...}, Group 1 identifier: ...
其中,对于双基地感知,所述时延、多普勒、角度信息还包括(目标关联的反射信号径与LOS径的)时延差、多普勒差、角度差信息。Among them, for bistatic sensing, the delay, Doppler, and angle information also include delay difference, Doppler difference, and angle difference information (between the target-associated reflected signal path and the LOS path).
双基地感知中,无源感知目标的距离和位置坐标计算,以图3所示的场景,计算方法可以如下:In bistatic sensing, the distance and position coordinates of the passive sensing target are calculated. For the scenario shown in Figure 3, the calculation method can be as follows:
根据对接收信号的测量得到感知目标反射信号径与LOS径的时延差信息Δτ,进而计算出距离差信息RT+RR-L=c·Δτ,其中RT为信号发送设备(第一设备)到感知目标的距离,RR为感知目标到信号接收设备(第二设备)的距离,L为第一设备和第二设备间的距离(基线距离)。若基线距离L已知,则可以进一步计算得到第一设备到感知目标以及感知目标到第二设备的距离和RT+RR。Based on the received signal measurement, the time delay difference Δτ between the reflected signal path and the LOS path of the perceived target is obtained. The distance difference RT + RR - L = c Δτ is then calculated, where RT is the distance from the signal transmitting device (first device) to the perceived target, RR is the distance from the perceived target to the signal receiving device (second device), and L is the distance between the first and second devices (the baseline distance). If the baseline distance L is known, the sum of the distances from the first device to the perceived target and from the perceived target to the second device can be calculated: RT + RR .
进一步地,根据对接收信号测量得到的到达角度信息θR(水平到达角度信息),以及上述距离差信息,可以基于以下公式进一步得到感知目标与第二设备的距离:
Furthermore, based on the arrival angle information θ R (horizontal arrival angle information) obtained by measuring the received signal and the above-mentioned distance difference information, the distance between the perceived target and the second device can be further obtained based on the following formula:
基于感知目标与第二设备的距离RR,到达角度信息θR,可以计算出感知目标相对于第二设备本地坐标系的坐标信息(x0,y0)。Based on the distance R R between the perception target and the second device and the arrival angle information θ R , the coordinate information (x 0 , y 0 ) of the perception target relative to the local coordinate system of the second device can be calculated.
若考虑三维空间,则根据对接收信号测量得到的到达角度信息θR1(水平到达角度信息),到达角度信息θR2(垂直到达角度信息),以及上述距离差信息,基于以下公式得到感知目标与第二设备的距离:
If three-dimensional space is considered, the distance between the perceived target and the second device is obtained based on the following formula based on the arrival angle information θ R1 (horizontal arrival angle information), the arrival angle information θ R2 (vertical arrival angle information) obtained by measuring the received signal, and the above-mentioned distance difference information:
基于感知目标与第二设备的距离RR,到达角度信息θR1和θR2,可以计算出感知目标相对于第二设备本地坐标系的坐标信息(x0,y0,z0)。Based on the distance R R between the perception target and the second device and the arrival angle information θ R1 and θ R2 , the coordinate information (x 0 , y 0 , z 0 ) of the perception target relative to the local coordinate system of the second device can be calculated.
对于单基地感知,可直接根据感知目标反射信号径的时延信息τ,进而计算出与发送设备或接收设备的距离信息进而根据所述距离信息和到达角度信息得到目标位置坐标。For single-base sensing, the distance information from the transmitting device or receiving device can be calculated directly based on the time delay information τ of the reflected signal path of the sensing target. Then, the target position coordinates are obtained according to the distance information and the arrival angle information.
基于不同第一信号资源的分组测量和上报情况类似,不再赘述。The group measurement and reporting based on different first signal resources are similar and will not be described in detail.
需要说明的是,对于双基地感知场景,还可以是终端接收第一信息后,根据第一信息发送第一信号,基站接收信号进行测量得到测量结果发送给感知网络功能;或者是基站之间收发第一信号,或者是终端之间收发第一信号;或者也可以是用于单基地感知场景,即基站自发自收第一信号或终端自发自收第一信号,本申请实施例对此不作限制。It should be noted that for the dual-base perception scenario, the terminal may also send a first signal based on the first information after receiving the first information, and the base station may receive the signal, measure the measurement result, and send it to the perception network function; or the first signal may be sent and received between base stations, or between terminals; or it may be used for a single-base perception scenario, that is, the base station may send and receive the first signal by itself, or the terminal may send and receive the first signal by itself, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
实施例二:Example 2:
本实施例主要描述基于接收天线端口进行分组测量。This embodiment mainly describes group measurement based on receiving antenna ports.
在本实施例中,第一设备基于不同接收天线端口进行测量和上报。所述不同接收天线端口是采用不同接收波束接收信号的,即第一设备认为不同接收天线端口关联的子信道是独立的,针对不同的接收天线端口进行独立测量并分别上报,即每个接收天线端口作为一组进行测量和上报。In this embodiment, the first device performs measurements and reports based on different receive antenna ports. The different receive antenna ports receive signals using different receive beams. That is, the first device considers the subchannels associated with different receive antenna ports to be independent and performs independent measurements and reports on the different receive antenna ports. That is, each receive antenna port is measured and reported as a group.
本实施例中由于各个接收天线端口采用不同的接收波束,因此,针对同一发送端口,接收端不同接收端口LS信道估计得到的子信道信息是不同的,基于所述不同接收端口的子信道信息进行感知检测得到的检测结果通常是不同的。In this embodiment, since each receiving antenna port uses a different receiving beam, for the same transmitting port, the sub-channel information obtained by LS channel estimation of different receiving ports at the receiving end is different, and the detection results obtained by perception detection based on the sub-channel information of the different receiving ports are usually different.
例如,基站配置用于感知测量的第一信号支持单端口发送,记为TxPort#0,终端支持4个天线端口接收,记为{RxPort#0,RxPort#1,RxPort#2,RxPort#3}。则进行如下分组Group0:{TxPort#0-RxPort#0},Group1:{TxPort#0-RxPort#1},Group2:{TxPort#0-RxPort#2},Group3:{TxPort#0-RxPort#3},对应的接收数据进行信道估计以及杂波抑制处理后,通过二维FFT运算得到的各个子信道的时延-多普勒二维谱信息如图12所示。其中,图12表示相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道时延-多普勒谱信息。For example, the base station configures the first signal for sensing measurement to support single-port transmission, denoted as TxPort#0, and the terminal supports reception on four antenna ports, denoted as {RxPort#0, RxPort#1, RxPort#2, RxPort#3}. The data is then grouped as follows: Group 0: {TxPort#0-RxPort#0}, Group 1: {TxPort#0-RxPort#1}, Group 2: {TxPort#0-RxPort#2}, and Group 3: {TxPort#0-RxPort#3}. After channel estimation and clutter suppression are performed on the corresponding received data, the two-dimensional delay-Doppler spectrum information for each subchannel obtained through a two-dimensional FFT operation is shown in Figure 12. Figure 12 shows the delay-Doppler spectrum information for subchannels with the same transmit port but different receive ports.
可以看出,此时,相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道时延-多普勒谱信息不同,因此各自检测得到的结果中,目标个数、时延、多普勒等信息结果可能不同。可以针对上述相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道的时延-多普勒二维谱进行门限检测,例如CFAR检测,得到4组检测结果,每组检测结果中包括多个目标的时延、多普勒信息。As can be seen, the delay-Doppler spectrum information of the subchannels at different receiving ports on the same transmitting port differs. Therefore, the detection results may contain different information such as the number of targets, delay, and Doppler. Threshold detection, such as CFAR detection, can be performed on the two-dimensional delay-Doppler spectrum of the subchannels at different receiving ports on the same transmitting port to obtain four sets of detection results, each of which includes the delay and Doppler information of multiple targets.
接收天线端口0~3对应的检测结果中的目标个数、以及目标的时延、多普勒、距离、速度信息、时延-多普勒二维谱信息中的至少一项即可分别作为Group0~3的测量结果。其中,发明方案中所述谱信息的子集可以是,以TxPort#0-RxPort#3为例,图12中红框内的时延-多普勒谱信息。The number of targets in the detection results corresponding to receiving antenna ports 0-3, as well as at least one of the target's delay, Doppler, distance, velocity information, and delay-Doppler two-dimensional spectrum information, can be used as the measurement results for Groups 0-3, respectively. The subset of spectrum information described in the inventive solution can be, for example, the delay-Doppler spectrum information within the red box in Figure 12, using TxPort#0-RxPort#3 as an example.
可选地,也可以是基站配置用于感知测量的第一信号支持多端口发送,多个发送端口采用相同的发送波束,接收端针对每个接收波束,对多个发送端口信号联合测量处理,即针对不同发送端口,相同接收端口的子信道信息进行处理并联合检测得到测量结果,然后按照不同接收端口进行分组上报。Optionally, the base station may be configured to support multi-port transmission of the first signal used for perception measurement, and multiple transmitting ports may use the same transmitting beam. The receiving end may jointly measure and process the signals of multiple transmitting ports for each receiving beam, that is, for different transmitting ports, the sub-channel information of the same receiving port may be processed and jointly detected to obtain the measurement results, and then grouped and reported according to different receiving ports.
又或者,上述4个接收天线端口中,每两个采用相同的接收波束,例如端口RxPort#0和RxPort#1采用相同接收波束,端口RxPort#2和RxPort#3采用相同接收波束,则进行如下分组Group0:{TxPort#0-RxPort#0,TxPort#0-RxPort#1},Group1:{TxPort#0-RxPort#2,TxPort#0-RxPort#3}。即针对接收天线端口0和端口1进行联合检测和上报,以及针对接收天线端口2和端口3进行联合检测和上报。Alternatively, if every two of the four receive antenna ports use the same receive beam, for example, ports RxPort#0 and RxPort#1 use the same receive beam, and ports RxPort#2 and RxPort#3 use the same receive beam, then the following groups are formed: Group 0: {TxPort#0-RxPort#0, TxPort#0-RxPort#1}, and Group 1: {TxPort#0-RxPort#2, TxPort#0-RxPort#3}. This means that joint detection and reporting is performed for receive antenna ports 0 and 1, and joint detection and reporting is performed for receive antenna ports 2 and 3.
需要说明的是,采用不同发送波束或者接收波束的端口也可以分配为一组进行联合检测和上报,例如本实施例中4个接收天线端口采用不同波束接收,基于图12中相同发送端口,不同接收端口子信道时延-多普勒谱信息分别进行检测得到4组检测结果后,可以对4组检测结果(例如目标个数,目标的时延、多普勒信息)进行合并后作为一组测量结果进行上报,所述合并可以是目标去重。例如:根据所述时延-多普勒谱信息剔除4组检测结果中重复的目标,然后统计整体目标个数,以及对应的时延、多普勒信息作为测量结果。It should be noted that ports using different transmit or receive beams can also be assigned as a group for joint detection and reporting. For example, in this embodiment, the four receive antenna ports use different beams for reception. Based on the same transmit port and the delay-Doppler spectrum information of the sub-channels of different receive ports in Figure 12, four groups of detection results are obtained. The four groups of detection results (e.g., the number of targets, the delay and Doppler information of the targets) can be merged and reported as a group of measurement results. The merging can be target deduplication. For example, duplicate targets in the four groups of detection results are eliminated based on the delay-Doppler spectrum information, and then the overall number of targets and the corresponding delay and Doppler information are counted as the measurement results.
其他分组方式,包括基于端口对、波束或波束对等,分组测量和上报的方式可参考实施例1或2,此处不再赘述。For other grouping methods, including those based on port pairs, beams or beam pairs, etc., the grouping measurement and reporting methods can refer to Example 1 or 2 and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法,对于多目标感知场景,测量方法和上报的内容、格式等对最终获取的感知结果会产生影响,进而影响感知性能。例如:感知信号接收设备可以按照信号资源、收发天线端口或波束进行分组测量和上报,也可以联合测量和上报,提供了不同分组方式下,测量量的定义、测量结果的计算以及上报方法。能够根据设备能力和感知场景,进行合理配置,提升测量性能以及节省上报开销。The measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application has an impact on the perception results obtained in the multi-target perception scenario, and the content and format of the measurement method and the reporting will affect the perception performance. For example, the perception signal receiving device can perform group measurement and reporting according to signal resources, transceiver antenna ports or beams, or can perform joint measurement and reporting. It provides the definition of measurement quantities, calculation of measurement results and reporting methods under different grouping methods. It can be reasonably configured according to the device capabilities and perception scenarios, improve measurement performance and save reporting overhead.
本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法,执行主体可以为测量信息上报装置。本申请实施例中以测量信息上报装置执行测量信息上报方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报装置。The measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be performed by a measurement information reporting device. In the embodiment of the present application, the measurement information reporting device performing the measurement information reporting method is taken as an example to illustrate the measurement information reporting device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法,执行主体可以为分组指示装置。本申请实施例中以分组指示装置执行分组指示方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的分组指示装置。The grouping indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application can be executed by a grouping indication device. In the embodiment of the present application, the grouping indication device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the grouping indication method executed by the grouping indication device as an example.
请参见图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的一种测量信息上报装置的结构图,如图13所示,测量信息上报装置1300包括:Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a structural diagram of a measurement information reporting device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the measurement information reporting device 1300 includes:
获取模块1301,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;An acquisition module 1301 is configured to acquire first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
第一发送模块1302,用于发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:The first sending module 1302 is configured to send second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
测量模块,用于在所述分组指示信息指示需要分组测量、需要分组上报或分组方式的情况下,按照所述分组指示信息进行分组测量,得到第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:所述分组测量的测量结果、所述分组测量的性能指标。The measurement module is used to perform group measurement according to the group indication information when the group indication information indicates that group measurement, group reporting or group mode is required, and obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a measurement result of the group measurement and a performance indicator of the group measurement.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述说明信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the description information includes at least one of the following:
时间戳、设备信息、感知业务信息。Timestamp, device information, and perception service information.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
第二发送模块,用于向第二设备发送所述能力信息,所述第一信息为所述第二设备发送的信息。The second sending module is configured to send the capability information to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述测量信息上报装置可以提高测量性能。The above-mentioned measurement information reporting device can improve measurement performance.
本申请实施例中测量信息上报装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。例如:该电子设备可以是终端,也可以为除终端之外的其他设备。示例性的,终端可以包括但不限于本申请实施例所列举的终端的类型,其他设备可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。In the embodiments of the present application, the measurement information reporting device may be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in an electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip. For example, the electronic device may be a terminal, or may be a device other than a terminal. For example, the terminal may include but is not limited to the types of terminals listed in the embodiments of the present application, and other devices may be servers, network attached storage (NAS), etc., which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报装置能够实现图4所示的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The measurement information reporting device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement each process implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 4 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be described here.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的一种分组指示装置的结构图,如图14所示,分组指示装置1400包括:Please refer to FIG. 14 , which is a structural diagram of a group indication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the group indication device 1400 includes:
发送模块1401,用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。The sending module 1401 is configured to send first information to a first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,所述装置还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the device further comprises at least one of the following:
第一获取模块,用于获取所述感知需求信息;A first acquisition module is used to acquire the perception demand information;
第二获取模块,用于接收所述第一设备发送的所述能力信息。The second acquisition module is configured to receive the capability information sent by the first device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further comprises:
接收模块,用于接收第一设备发送的所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:A receiving module, configured to receive second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述分组指示装置可以提高测量性能。The above-mentioned grouping indicating device can improve measurement performance.
本申请实施例中的分组指示装置可以是电子设备,例如具有操作系统的电子设备,也可以是电子设备中的部件,例如集成电路或芯片。该电子设备可以是终端或网络侧设备。The group indicating device in the embodiment of the present application can be an electronic device, such as an electronic device with an operating system, or a component in the electronic device, such as an integrated circuit or a chip. The electronic device can be a terminal or a network-side device.
本申请实施例提供的分组指示装置能够实现图8所示的方法实施例实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The group indication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can implement the various processes implemented by the method embodiment shown in Figure 8 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
可选地,如图15所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1500,包括处理器1501和存储器1502,存储器1502上存储有可在所述处理器1501上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备1500为第一设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1501执行时实现上述测量信息上报方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备1500为第二设备时,该程序或指令被处理器1501执行时实现上述分组指示方法实施例的各个步骤,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in Figure 15, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500, including a processor 1501 and a memory 1502, wherein the memory 1502 stores a program or instruction that can be run on the processor 1501. For example, when the communication device 1500 is a first device, the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501 to implement the various steps of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect. When the communication device 1500 is a second device, the program or instruction is executed by the processor 1501 to implement the various steps of the above-mentioned group indication method embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:测量结果、性能指标。该通信设备实施例与上述测量信息上报方法实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该通信设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to obtain first information, the first information including group indication information, the group indication information being used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, the second information including at least one of the following: measurement results and performance indicators. This communication device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this communication device embodiment and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,图16为实现本申请实施例的一种设备的硬件结构示意图,该设备为第一设备或第二设备。Specifically, Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a device for implementing an embodiment of the present application, which is a first device or a second device.
该设备1600包括但不限于:射频单元1601、网络模块1602、音频输出单元1603、输入单元1604、传感器1605、显示单元1606、用户输入单元1607、接口单元1608、存储器1609以及处理器1610等中的至少部分部件。The device 1600 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 1601, a network module 1602, an audio output unit 1603, an input unit 1604, a sensor 1605, a display unit 1606, a user input unit 1607, an interface unit 1608, a memory 1609 and at least some of the components of the processor 1610.
本领域技术人员可以理解,设备1600还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1610逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图16中示出的设备结构并不构成对设备的限定,设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that device 1600 may also include a power source (such as a battery) to power various components. The power source may be logically connected to processor 1610 via a power management system, thereby enabling the power management system to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption. The device structure shown in FIG16 does not limit the device. The device may include more or fewer components than shown, or may combine certain components or arrange the components differently, which will not be described in detail here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元1604可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)16041和麦克风16042,图形处理器16041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元1606可包括显示面板16061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板16061。用户输入单元1607包括触控面板16071以及其他输入设备16072中的至少一种。触控面板16071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板16071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备16072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 1604 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 16041 and a microphone 16042, and the graphics processor 16041 processes the image data of a static picture or video obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. The display unit 1606 may include a display panel 16061, which may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, etc. The user input unit 1607 includes a touch panel 16071 and at least one of other input devices 16072. The touch panel 16071 is also called a touch screen. The touch panel 16071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 16072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control keys, switch keys, etc.), a trackball, a mouse, and a joystick, which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元1601接收来自网络侧设备的下行数据后,可以传输给处理器1610进行处理;另外,射频单元1601可以向网络侧设备发送上行数据。通常,射频单元1601包括但不限于天线、放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving downlink data from a network-side device, the RF unit 1601 may transmit the data to the processor 1610 for processing. Furthermore, the RF unit 1601 may send uplink data to the network-side device. Typically, the RF unit 1601 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, an amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low-noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器1609可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器1609可主要包括存储程序或指令的第一存储区和存储数据的第二存储区,其中,第一存储区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器1609可以包括易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器1609可以包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请实施例中的存储器1609包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Memory 1609 can be used to store software programs or instructions and various data. Memory 1609 may primarily include a first storage area for storing programs or instructions and a second storage area for storing data. The first storage area may store an operating system, applications or instructions required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.). Furthermore, memory 1609 may include volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or both. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDRSDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct RAM (DRRAM). The memory 1609 in the embodiments of the present application includes, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
处理器1610可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选地,处理器1610集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理涉及操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等的操作,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信信号,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1610中。Processor 1610 may include one or more processing units. Optionally, processor 1610 integrates an application processor and a modem processor. The application processor primarily handles operations related to the operating system, user interface, and application programs, while the modem processor primarily processes wireless communication signals, such as a baseband processor. It is understood that the modem processor may not be integrated into processor 1610.
该实施例中,以上述设备为第一设备,第一设备为终端进行举例说明。In this embodiment, the above device is taken as the first device, and the first device is taken as the terminal for illustration.
射频单元1601,用于获取第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式;发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:The radio frequency unit 1601 is configured to obtain first information, where the first information includes group indication information, where the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping mode; and send second information corresponding to the group indication information, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述发送所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息之前,所述射频单元1601还用于:Optionally, before sending the second information corresponding to the grouping indication information, the radio frequency unit 1601 is further configured to:
在所述分组指示信息指示需要分组测量、需要分组上报或分组方式的情况下,按照所述分组指示信息进行分组测量,得到第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:所述分组测量的测量结果、所述分组测量的性能指标。When the group indication information indicates that group measurement, group reporting or group mode is required, group measurement is performed according to the group indication information to obtain second information, where the second information includes at least one of the following: a measurement result of the group measurement and a performance indicator of the group measurement.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述说明信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the description information includes at least one of the following:
时间戳、设备信息、感知业务信息。Timestamp, device information, and perception service information.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,射频单元1601还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency unit 1601 is further configured to:
向第二设备发送所述能力信息,所述第一信息为所述第二设备发送的信息。The capability information is sent to the second device, where the first information is information sent by the second device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述设备可以提高测量性能。The above devices can improve measurement performance.
可以理解,本实施例中提及的各实现方式的实现过程可以参照上述感知测量结果发送方法的相关描述,并达到相同或相应的技术效果,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the implementation process of each implementation method mentioned in this embodiment can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned perception measurement result sending method and achieve the same or corresponding technical effects. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述设备也可以实现图8所示的方法中的步骤,或者可以实现图14所示的各模块执行的方法。It should be noted that the above-mentioned device can also implement the steps in the method shown in Figure 8, or can implement the method executed by each module shown in Figure 14.
本申请实施例还提供一种设备,包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如图8所示的方法实施例的步骤。该设备实施例与上述分组指示方法,实施例对应,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The present application also provides an embodiment of a device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to execute a program or instruction to implement the steps of the method embodiment shown in FIG8 . This device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned group indication method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation method of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this device embodiment and can achieve the same technical effects.
本申请实施例还提供一种设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述通信接口用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。An embodiment of the present application also provides a device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the communication interface is used to send first information to a first device, the first information including group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and the grouping method.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种设备,该设备为第一设备或第二设备。如图17所示,该设备1700包括:天线1701、射频装置1702、基带装置1703、处理器1704和存储器1705。天线1701与射频装置1702连接。在上行方向上,射频装置1702通过天线1701接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置1703进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置1703对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置1702,射频装置1702对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线1701发送出去。Specifically, an embodiment of the present application further provides a device, which is a first device or a second device. As shown in Figure 17, the device 1700 includes: an antenna 1701, a radio frequency device 1702, a baseband device 1703, a processor 1704, and a memory 1705. The antenna 1701 is connected to the radio frequency device 1702. In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 1702 receives information through the antenna 1701 and sends the received information to the baseband device 1703 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 1703 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 1702. The radio frequency device 1702 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 1701.
以上实施例中感知测量信息上报方法可以在基带装置1703中实现,该基带装置1703包括基带处理器。The sensing measurement information reporting method in the above embodiment may be implemented in the baseband device 1703 , which includes a baseband processor.
基带装置1703例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图17所示,其中一个芯片例如为基带处理器,通过总线接口与存储器1705连接,以调用存储器1705中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的设备操作。The baseband device 1703 may include, for example, at least one baseband board, on which multiple chips are arranged, as shown in Figure 17, one of which is, for example, a baseband processor, which is connected to the memory 1705 through a bus interface to call the program in the memory 1705 and execute the device operations shown in the above method embodiment.
该设备还可以包括网络接口1706,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(Common Public Radio Interface,CPRI)。The device may also include a network interface 1706, which is, for example, a Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI).
具体地,本申请实施例的设备1700还包括:存储在存储器1705上并可在处理器1704上运行的指令或程序,处理器1704调用存储器1705中的指令或程序执行图13或图14所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the device 1700 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1705 and executable on the processor 1704. The processor 1704 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1705 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in FIG13 or FIG14 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be elaborated here.
本实施例中,以上述设备为第二设备进行举例说明。In this embodiment, the above device is taken as an example for description as the second device.
其中,射频装置1702,用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。The radio frequency device 1702 is used to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,射频装置1702还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the radio frequency device 1702 is further configured to:
获取所述感知需求信息;Acquiring the perceived demand information;
接收所述第一设备发送的所述能力信息。Receive the capability information sent by the first device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,射频装置1702还用于:Optionally, the radio frequency device 1702 is further configured to:
接收第一设备发送的所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:Receive second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述设备可以提高测量性能。The above devices can improve measurement performance.
可以理解,本实施例中提及的各实现方式的实现过程可以参照上述方法实施例的相关描述,并达到相同或相应的技术效果,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the implementation process of each implementation method mentioned in this embodiment can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned method embodiment and achieve the same or corresponding technical effects. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述设备也可以实现图4所示的方法中的步骤,或者可以实现图13所示的各模块执行的方法。It should be noted that the above-mentioned device can also implement the steps in the method shown in Figure 4, or can implement the method executed by each module shown in Figure 13.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备,该设备为第二设备。如图18所示,该网络侧设备1800包括:处理器1801、网络接口1802和存储器1803。其中,网络接口1802例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI)。Specifically, an embodiment of the present application further provides a network-side device, which is a second device. As shown in FIG18 , the network-side device 1800 includes a processor 1801, a network interface 1802, and a memory 1803. The network interface 1802 is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI).
具体地,本申请实施例的网络侧设备1800还包括:存储在存储器1803上并可在处理器1801上运行的指令或程序,处理器1801调用存储器1803中的指令或程序执行图15所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network side device 1800 of the embodiment of the present application also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 1803 and executable on the processor 1801. The processor 1801 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 1803 to execute the methods executed by the modules shown in FIG15 and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, they will not be elaborated here.
其中,网络接口1802,用于向第一设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括分组指示信息,所述分组指示信息用于指示至少如下至少一项:是否需要分组测量、是否需要分组上报、分组方式。The network interface 1802 is configured to send first information to the first device, where the first information includes group indication information, and the group indication information is configured to indicate at least one of the following: whether group measurement is required, whether group reporting is required, and a grouping method.
可选地,所述分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping indication information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源分组指示信息、发送天线端口分组指示信息、接收天线端口分组指示信息、发送波束分组指示信息、接收波束分组指示信息、组合分组指示信息;Signal resource grouping indication information, transmit antenna port grouping indication information, receive antenna port grouping indication information, transmit beam grouping indication information, receive beam grouping indication information, and combined grouping indication information;
其中,所述组合分组指示信息用于指示:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合的分组。The combined group indication information is used to indicate the grouping of a combination of at least two of the transmitting antenna port, the receiving antenna port, the transmitting beam, the receiving beam, and the signal resource.
可选地,所述信号资源分组指示信息用于指示至少一个信号资源组,每个信号资源组包括一个或者多个信号资源;或者,所述信号资源分组指示信息包括第一准共址QCL信息,所述第一QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的信号资源为一个信号资源组;Optionally, the signal resource grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one signal resource group, each signal resource group including one or more signal resources; or, the signal resource grouping indication information includes first quasi-co-location QCL information, where the first QCL information is used to indicate that signal resources satisfying the QCL relationship are one signal resource group;
或,or,
所述发送天线端口分组指示信息用于指示至少一个发送天线端口组,每个发送天线端口组包括一个或者多个发送天线端口;或者,所述发送天线端口分组指示信息包括第二QCL信息,所述第二QCL信息用于指示满足QCL关系的发送天线端口为一个发送天线端口组。The transmitting antenna port grouping indication information is used to indicate at least one transmitting antenna port group, each transmitting antenna port group includes one or more transmitting antenna ports; or, the transmitting antenna port grouping indication information includes second QCL information, and the second QCL information is used to indicate that the transmitting antenna ports that satisfy the QCL relationship are a transmitting antenna port group.
可选地,所述组合分组指示信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the combined group indication information includes at least one of the following:
发送天线端口与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmitting antenna ports and receiving antenna ports;
发送波束与接收波束组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of the combination of transmit beam and receive beam;
信号资源与接收天线端口组合的分组指示信息;Grouping indication information of signal resource and receiving antenna port combinations;
信号资源与接收波束组合的分组指示信息。Grouping indication information of signal resources and receive beam combinations.
可选地,所述第一信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the first information further includes at least one of the following:
信号资源配置信息、测量配置信息。Signal resource configuration information, measurement configuration information.
可选地,所述测量配置信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement configuration information includes at least one of the following:
发送资源关联的接收资源信息、测量的资源指示信息、测量量信息、上报配置信息。Send resource-associated receiving resource information, measured resource indication information, measurement quantity information, and reporting configuration information.
可选地,所述第一信息与如下至少一项关联:Optionally, the first information is associated with at least one of the following:
感知需求信息、所述第一设备的能力信息。Perception demand information and capability information of the first device.
可选地,网络接口1802还用于如下至少一项:Optionally, the network interface 1802 is further configured to:
获取所述感知需求信息;Acquiring the perceived demand information;
接收所述第一设备发送的所述能力信息。Receive the capability information sent by the first device.
可选地,所述能力信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the capability information includes at least one of the following:
接收天线端口信息、波束信息、天线信息。Receive antenna port information, beam information, and antenna information.
可选地,网络接口1802还用于:Optionally, the network interface 1802 is further configured to:
接收第一设备发送的所述分组指示信息对应的第二信息,所述第二信息包括如下至少一项:Receive second information corresponding to the grouping indication information sent by the first device, where the second information includes at least one of the following:
测量结果、性能指标。Measurement results, performance indicators.
可选地,所述第二信息还包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the second information further includes at least one of the following:
所述测量结果对应的分组信息、所述性能指标对应的分组信息、所述测量结果对应的说明信息、所述性能指标对应的说明信息。The grouping information corresponding to the measurement results, the grouping information corresponding to the performance indicators, the description information corresponding to the measurement results, and the description information corresponding to the performance indicators.
可选地,所述分组信息包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the grouping information includes at least one of the following:
信号资源标识、信号资源分组标识、发送天线端口标识、发送天线端口分组标识、接收天线端口标识、接收天线端口分组标识、发送波束标识、发送波束分组标识、接收波束标识、接收波束分组标识、组合标识、组合分组标识;Signal resource identifier, signal resource group identifier, transmit antenna port identifier, transmit antenna port group identifier, receive antenna port identifier, receive antenna port group identifier, transmit beam identifier, transmit beam group identifier, receive beam identifier, receive beam group identifier, combination identifier, combination group identifier;
其中,所述组合标识或所述组合分组标识对应的组合包括:发送天线端口、接收天线端口、发送波束、接收波束、信号资源中至少两项的组合。Among them, the combination corresponding to the combination identifier or the combination group identifier includes: a combination of at least two of: a transmitting antenna port, a receiving antenna port, a transmitting beam, a receiving beam, and a signal resource.
可选地,所述测量结果包括如下至少一项:Optionally, the measurement result includes at least one of the following:
是否检测到目标;Whether the target is detected;
检测到的目标个数;The number of targets detected;
检测到的目标参数估计结果;Detected target parameter estimation results;
谱信息。Spectrum information.
上述设备可以提高测量性能。The above devices can improve measurement performance.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述测量信息上报方法或分组指示方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored. When the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment are implemented, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, they are not repeated here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等。在一些示例中,可读存储介质可以是非瞬态的可读存储介质。The processor is the processor in the terminal described in the above embodiment. The readable storage medium includes a computer-readable storage medium, such as a computer read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk. In some examples, the readable storage medium may be a non-transitory readable storage medium.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述测量信息上报方法或分组指示方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, which includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface and the processor are coupled, and the processor is used to run a program or instruction to implement the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be called a system-level chip, a system chip, a chip system or a system-on-chip chip, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在存储介质中,所述计算机程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述测量信息上报方法或分组指示方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program/program product, which is stored in a storage medium and executed by at least one processor to implement the various processes of the above-mentioned measurement information reporting method or group indication method embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, it is not repeated here.
本申请实施例另提供了一种无线通信系统,包括:第一设备及第二设备,所述第一设备可用于执行如本申请实施例提供的测量信息上报方法的步骤,所述第二设备可用于执行如本申请实施例提供的分组指示方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present application further provides a wireless communication system, including: a first device and a second device, wherein the first device can be used to execute the steps of the measurement information reporting method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the second device can be used to execute the steps of the group indication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this article, the terms "comprise", "include" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device comprising a series of elements includes not only those elements, but also other elements not explicitly listed, or also includes elements inherent to such process, method, article or device. In the absence of further restrictions, an element defined by the sentence "comprises a ..." does not exclude the presence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device comprising the element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in the opposite order according to the functions involved. For example, the described method may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted or combined. In addition, the features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助计算机软件产品加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件。该计算机软件产品存储在存储介质(如ROM、RAM、磁碟、光盘等)中,包括若干指令,用以使得终端或者网络侧设备执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the above-mentioned embodiment methods can be implemented by means of a computer software product plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, or of course, by hardware. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM, RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk, etc.) and includes a number of instructions for enabling a terminal or network-side device to execute the methods described in each embodiment of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式的实施方式,这些实施方式均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application are described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementation methods. The above-mentioned specific implementation methods are merely illustrative and not restrictive. Under the guidance of this application, ordinary technicians in this field can also make many forms of implementation methods without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims. These implementation methods are all within the protection of this application.
Claims (40)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202410244219.X | 2024-03-04 | ||
| CN202410244219.XA CN120602975A (en) | 2024-03-04 | 2024-03-04 | Measurement information reporting method, grouping indication method, device and equipment |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025185588A1 true WO2025185588A1 (en) | 2025-09-12 |
| WO2025185588A8 WO2025185588A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
Family
ID=96896410
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2025/080356 Pending WO2025185588A1 (en) | 2024-03-04 | 2025-03-04 | Measurement information reporting method and apparatus, grouping indication method and apparatus, and device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120602975A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025185588A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20170181127A1 (en) * | 2015-12-17 | 2017-06-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Performance Monitoring in Mission-Critical Wireless Networks |
| CN112333760A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2021-02-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement and reporting method, terminal and base station |
| CN112929139A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2021-06-08 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Information reporting method and device, and information transmission method and device |
| CN116017525A (en) * | 2021-10-21 | 2023-04-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement method, measurement configuration method and related communication device |
| CN116567691A (en) * | 2022-01-29 | 2023-08-08 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment |
-
2024
- 2024-03-04 CN CN202410244219.XA patent/CN120602975A/en active Pending
-
2025
- 2025-03-04 WO PCT/CN2025/080356 patent/WO2025185588A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20170181127A1 (en) * | 2015-12-17 | 2017-06-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Performance Monitoring in Mission-Critical Wireless Networks |
| CN112333760A (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2021-02-05 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement and reporting method, terminal and base station |
| CN112929139A (en) * | 2017-08-11 | 2021-06-08 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Information reporting method and device, and information transmission method and device |
| CN116017525A (en) * | 2021-10-21 | 2023-04-25 | 华为技术有限公司 | Measurement method, measurement configuration method and related communication device |
| CN116567691A (en) * | 2022-01-29 | 2023-08-08 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method, device, terminal and network side equipment |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2025185588A8 (en) | 2025-10-02 |
| CN120602975A (en) | 2025-09-05 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2023274029A1 (en) | Communication and sensing method, apparatus, and network device | |
| WO2024131691A1 (en) | Sensing processing method, device, communication equipment, and readable storage medium | |
| US20250286635A1 (en) | Measurement method and apparatus, and device | |
| US20250240662A1 (en) | Preamble sending method, terminal, and storage medium | |
| US20250253961A1 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication device | |
| WO2025039963A1 (en) | Multi-input multi-output (mimo) sensing method and apparatus, and communication device | |
| WO2025185588A1 (en) | Measurement information reporting method and apparatus, grouping indication method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025185586A1 (en) | Measurement method and apparatus, measurement configuration method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025185587A1 (en) | Measurement method and apparatus, measurement indication method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025124302A1 (en) | Measurement result processing method and apparatus, measurement result sending method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025140367A1 (en) | Sensing measurement method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025190195A1 (en) | Signal sending method and apparatus, signal receiving method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025201362A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for sending signal, method and apparatus for measurement, and device | |
| US20250365103A1 (en) | Sensing signal sending method and apparatus, sensing signal measurement method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025124270A1 (en) | Measurement configuration information sending method and apparatus, measurement configuration information receiving method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025140250A1 (en) | Sensing processing method and apparatus, and device and readable storage medium | |
| WO2025140393A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for feeding back sensing measurement result, method and apparatus for receiving sensing measurement result, and device | |
| WO2025218578A1 (en) | Signal sending method and apparatus, signal sensing method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025124393A1 (en) | Perception processing methods, apparatus, device and readable storage medium | |
| WO2025092697A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, signal measurement method, apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025092698A1 (en) | Signal measurement method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025040034A1 (en) | Measurement method and apparatus based on configuration information, configuration information sending method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025113681A1 (en) | Communication and sensing method and apparatus, signal receiving method and apparatus, and device | |
| WO2025124291A1 (en) | Sensing mode switching method and apparatus, and communication device | |
| WO2025124300A1 (en) | Sensing mode switching method and apparatus, and communication device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25767326 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |